Bahá’í World/Volume 18/Bahá’í Bibliography

←Previous

The Bahá’í World Volume 18

Next→

[Page 833]

BAHA‘I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

II

Bahá’í BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Bahá’u’lláh’S BEST-KNOWN WORKS

Alváḥ-i-Laylatu’l-Quds. Asl-i-Kullu’l—Qlayr. Az-Bégh—i-Iléhi. Béz-AT—u—Bidih-Janfi. Biflérét (Glad Tidings). glihér-Védl' (Four Valleys). Haft-Védi (Seven Valleys). Halih-Halih-Yé-Bighérét. Hfir-i-‘Ujéb. Hurfifét-i-‘Alh’n.

IfIráqét (Splendours).

Kaliniét-i-Firdawsiyyih (Words of Paradise).

Kalimét-i-Makm’mih (Hidden Words). Kitáb-i-‘Ahd (Book of Covenant). Kitáb-i-Aqdas (Most Holy Book). Kitáb-i-Badi‘.

Kitáb-i-iqén (Book of Certitude). Lawh-i-‘Abdu’l-‘Aziz-Va-Vukalé. Lawh-i-‘Abdu’l-Vahhéb. Lawh-i-‘Abdu’r-Razzéq. Lawh-i-Ahbéb.

Lawh-i-Ahmad (Tablet of Ahmad). Lawh-i-Amvéj. Lawh-i-Anta’l—Kéfi.

Lawh-i-Aqdas.

Lawh—i-Aflraf. Lawh-i—‘Afliq-va-Ma‘flfiq. Lawh—i-Ayiy—i—Nfir.

Lawh-i-Bahá’í.

Lawh-i-Baqé. Lawh-i—Basigatu’l-Haql’qih. Lawh-i-Bismilih. Lawh-i-Bulbulu’l-Firéq. Lawh—i-Burhén.

Lawh-i-Dunyé (Tablet Of the World). Lawh-i-Fitnih. Lawh-i-glulému’l-glluld. Lawh-i-Habib. Lawh—i-Haft—Pursifl.

Lawh-i-Hajj.

Lawh-i-Hawdaj.

Lawh-i-Hikmat (Tablet of Wisdom). Lawh—i-Hirtl’k.

Lawh-i-Hfin’yyih.

Lawh-i-Iqusayn.

Lawh-i-Ibn-i-D_hi’b (Epistle to the Son of the Wolf).

Lawh-i-Ittihéd.

Lawh-i-Jamél.

Lawh-i-Kan’m.

Lawh-i-Karmil.

Lawh-i-Kullu’g-Ta‘ém.

Lawh-i—Malikih (Tablet to Queen Victoria).

Lawh-i-Malik-i-Rfis (Tablet to the Czar of Russia).

Lawh-i-Malláhu’l-Quds (Tablet of the Holy Mariner).

Lawh-i-Ménikjf-Séhib.

Lawh—i-Maqsfid.

Lawh-i-Maryam.

Lawh—i—Mawlfid.

Lawh-i-Mubéhilih.

Lawh-i-Népulyl’m (First Tablet to Napoleon III).

Lawh-i-Népulyfin 11 (Second Tablet to Napoleon III).

Lawh-i—Nésir.

Lawh-i-Nuqtih.

Lawhii-Pép (Tablet to the Pope).

Lawh-i—Pisar-‘Amm.

Lawh-i-Qiné‘.

Lawh-i-Quds.

Lawh-i-Rafi‘.

Lawh-i-Ra’is (Tablet to Ra’is).

Lawh-i-Raqflé.

Lawh-i-Rasfil.

Lawh-i—Rfih.

Lawh-i—Ru’yé.

Lawh-i-Sahéb.

Lawh-i-Salmén I.

Lawh-i-Salmén II.

Lawh-i-Sémsfin.

Lawh-i—Sayyéh.

Lawh-i-ghayth-Féni.

Lawh-i—Sulgén.

Lawh—i-Tawhid.

Lawh-i-Tibb.

Lawh-i-Tuqé.

833

[Page 834]834

Lawh-i—Yfisuf. Lawh-i-Zaynu’l-Muqarrabin. Lawh-i-Zl’yérih. Madinatu’r-Ridé. Madinatu’t—Tawhid. Magnavi. Munéjéthéy-i-Sfyém. Qad-Ihtaraqua’l-Mufllisfin. Qagidy-i-Yarqé’l’yyih. Raflh-i-‘Amé. Ricjvénu’l-‘A'dl. Riḍvánu’l-Iqrér. Sahifiy-i-flattiyyih. Salét-i-Mayyit (Prayer for the Dead). Séqi-Az-glayb-i-Baqé. flikkar-Shikan-Shavand. Subhéna—Rabbiya’l-A‘lé. Subhénaka—Yé—Hfi. Sfiratu’lláh.

Sl’lriy-i-Ahzén. Sfiriy-i-Amin.

Sfiriy-i-Amr.

Sfiriy-i-A‘réb. Sfiriy-i-Ashéb. Sfiriy-i-Asmá’. Sfiriy—i-Bayén. Sliriy-i-Damm. Sfiriy-i-lflabfl). SL’Iriy—i-flibh. Sfiriy-i-mikr.

Sfiriy—i-Fadl.

Sfiriy-i-Fath.

Sfiriy-i-Fu’éd. Sliriy-i-G_hu5n (Tablet Of the Branch). Sfiriy-i-Hajj I.

THE BAHA’I’ WORLD

Sfiriy-i—Hajj II. Sfiriy-i-Haykal.

Sfiriy-i-Hifz.

Sfiriy-i-Hijr.

Sfiriy-i-‘Ibéd.

Sfiriy—i-Ism. Sfiriy-i-Ismuna’l—Mursil. Sfiriy-i-Javéd.

Sfiriy-i-fiitéb. Sfiriy—i-Ma‘ém’.

Sfiriy—i-Man‘.

Sfiriy-i-Mulfik.

Sfiriy-i-Nidé.

Sfiriy-i-NuSh.

SL’lriy-i—Qadir.

Sfiriy-i-Qahl’r.

SL’Iriy—i-Qalam.

Sfiriy—i—Qamisl.

Sfiriy-i-Sabr.

Sfiriy—i—Sultén.

Sliriy-i-Vafé.

Sliriy-i-Ziyérih. Sl’lriy—i—Zabur.

SL’lriy-i-Zuhfir.

Tafsfr-i-Hfi. Tafsfr-i-Hurfifét-i-Muqatta‘ih. Tafsir-i-Sfiriy-i-Va’gh—Shams. Tajalliyét (Effulgences). Tarézét (Ornaments). Zl’yérat-Némih (The Tablet of Visitation). Ziyérat-Némiy—i-Awh’yé. Ziyérat-Némiy-i-Bábu’l-Báb va Quddfis. Ziyérat—Némiy—i-Bayt. Ziyérat-Némiy-i-Maryam. Ziyérat-Némiy-i-Siyyidu’fl-ihuhadé.

(Note: the works of Bahá’u’lláh, translated into English by Shoghi Effendi, are listed on p. 837.

under the subheading, ‘Translations’.)

COMPILATIONS IN ENGLISH

Tablets 0 f Bahá’u’lláh revealed after the Kitdb—i-Aqdas

2. THE BAB’S BEST-KNOWN WORKS

The Arabic Bayén.

Commentary on the Sfirih of Kawt_har.

Commentary on the Sfirih of Va’l-‘Asr.

Dalé’il-i-Sab‘ih.

Epistles to Muhammad flláh and Héjl’ Mirzá Áqásí.

$_hasé’il-i-Sab‘ih. Kitáb-i-Asmá’. Kitáb-i-Panj-gga’n. Kitábu’r-Rfih. Lawh-i-Hurfifét. The Persian Bayén.

[Page 835]BAHA‘I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

Qayyl’lmu’l-Asmá’. Riséliy-i-‘Adh’yyih. Riséliy-i-mahabiyyih. Riséliy-i-Fiqht’yyih. Riséliy-i-Furfi‘-i-‘Adh’yyih. Sahifatu’l-Ḥaramayn.

835

Sahify-i-Ja‘fariyyih. Sahifiy-i-Maflzfinih. Sahffiy-i-Radaviyyih. SL’Iriy-i-Tawhid. Tafsir-i-Nubuvvat-i-Qéssih. Ziyérat-i-fléh-‘Abdu’l-‘Azjm.

(Note: The Báb Himself states in one passage of the Persian Bayén that His writings comprise no

less than 500,000 verses.)

COMPILATIONS IN ENGLISH

Selections from the Writings of the Báb

3. ‘ABDU’L—BAHA’S BEST—KNOWN WORKS

IN PERSIAN AND ARABIC

Ad‘l’yyih va Munéjét. Alváḥ-i-Tablighi-i—Imrt’ké. Alvah-i-Vaséy‘é.

L(_hitébét dar Urfipé va Imn’ké. Lawh-i-Aflékiyyih.

Lawh—i-‘Ahd va Miméq (Imrt’ké). Lawh-i-‘Ammih.

Lawh-i—Ayét. Lawh-i-Du—Nidéy-i—Faléh va Najéh. Lawh-i-Dr. Forel.

Lawh-i-Haft flam‘. Lawh-i—Hizér Bayti. Lawh-i-Ehurésén.

Lawh-i-Léhih. Law;i-Mahfil-i—flawr.

Lawh-i-Muhabbat.

Lawh-i—Tanzih va Taqdl’s. Lawh-i-Tarbl’yat.

Madam’yyih. Makétib-i-‘Abdu’l-Bahá. Maqéliy-i-Sayyéh.

Mufévadét. fiarh—i-Fass-i-Nigin-i-Ism-i-A‘zam. fiarh-i-fluhadéy-i-Yazd va Isfahén. Siyésiyyih.

Tagflkiratu’l-Vafé. Tafsir-i-Bismi’lláhi’r-Rahméni’r-Rahim. Tafsir-i-Kuntu Kanzan Maflffyyan. Ziyérat Némih.

IN ENGLISH

The Secret of Divine Civilization. Bahá’í Publishing Trust, Wilmette Illinois, 1957. Originally published by Cope & Fenwick, London, 1910, under the title The Mysterious Forces of Civilization. Subsequently published by Bahá’í Publishing Society, Chicago, 1918.

Some Answered Questions. First printed by Kegan, Paul, Trench, Trubner and Co. Ltd., London, 1908. Subsequentlypublished by Bahá’í Publishing Society, Chicago, 1918, and other Bahá’í Publishing Trusts.

Tablet to the Central Organization for a Durable Peace, the Hague. Bahá’í Publishing Committee, New York, 1930.

Tablet to Dr. Fore]. Bahá’í Publishing Committee, New York, 1930.

Tablets Of the Divine Plan. Bahá’í Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1959.

A Traveller’s Narrative. Translated into English by Edward Granville Browne under the title A Traveller’s Narrative written to illustrate The Episode of the Báb. Cambridge University Press, 1891. Bahá’í Publishing Committee, New York, 1930.

Will and Testament. Bahá’í Publishing Comthittee, New York, 1925, 1935. Bahá’í Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1944, 1968, and other Bahá’í Publishing Trusts.

Memorials of the Faithful. Translated from the original Persian and annotated by Marzieh Gail. Bahá’í Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1971.

[Page 836]836

THE BAHA’I’ WORLD

COMPILATIONS IN ENGLISH

Foundations of World Unity; a selection of letn ters and public addresses. Bahá’í Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1945.

Paris Talks; a compilation of His addresses in Paris. G. Bell and Son Ltd., London, 1923. Subsequently published by Bahá’í Publishing Trust, London, 10th edition 1961 ; and in the United States under the title The Wisdom Of ‘Abdu’l-Bahá; Brentano’s, New York, 1924.

The Promulgation of Universal Peace, vols. I, II', a compilation of His addresses in Canada

and the United States in 1912. Bahá’í Publishing Society, Chicago, 1922 and 1925.

Selections from the Writings of‘Abdu’l-Bahá’; compiled from His correspondence with individual believers, groups and Assemblies of the East and WestuWorJd Centre Publications, 1978.

Tablets of‘Abdu’l-Bahá, vols. I, II, III; a compilation of His letters to individual believers in America. Bahá’í Publishing Society, Chicago,1909,1915,1916.

4. SOME COMPILATIONS FROM THE WRITINGS OF Bahá’u’lláh, THE BAB AND ‘ABDU’L-BAHA

The Bahá’í Revelation. Trust, London, 1955. Bahá’í World Faith. Bahá’í Publishing Com mittee, Wilmette, Illinois, 1943, 1956.

The Covenant ofBahzi’u’ulla’h. Bahá’í Publishing Trust, London, 1950; revised, 1963. The Divine Art of Living. Bahá’í Publishing Committee, Wilmette, Illinois, 1944;

revised, 1960.

Gleam'ngs from the Writings of Bahá’u’lláh. Bahá’í Publishing Committee, Wilmette, Illinois, 1939, 1952, and other Bahá’í Publishing Trusts.

Bahá’í Publishing

Prayers and Meditations by Bahá’u’lláh. Bahá’í Publishing Committee, Wilmette, Illinois, 1938, 1954, and other) Bahá’í Publishing Trusts.

The Reality of Man. Bahá’í Publishing Committee, Wilmette, Illinois, 1931; revised, 1962.

Selections from the Writings of the Báb. World Centre Publications, 1976.

Tablets Of Bahá’u’lláh revealed afi‘er the Kitdb-i—Aqdas. World Centre Publications; 1978.

(Note: A large number of Prayer Books compiled of prayers revealed by Bahá’u’lláh, the Báb and ‘Abdu’l-Bahá has been published by Bahá’í Publishing Trusts and National Spiritual

Assemblies throughout the world.)

5. SHOGHI EFFENDI’S BEST-KNOWN WORKS

The World Order of Bahá’u’lláh. February, 1929.

The World Order of Bahá’u’lláh, Further Considerations. March, 1930.

The Goal ofa New World Order. November, 1931.

The Golden Age of the Cause of Bahá’u’lláh. March, 1932.

America and the Most Great Peace. April, 1933.

The Dispensation Of Bahá’u’lláh. February, 1934.

The Unfoldment of World Civilization. March, 1936.

(Note: The above seven essays have been published in one volume entitled The World Order of Bahá’u’lláh. Bahá’í Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1938. Revised edition, 1955;

second printing, 1965.)

The Advent of Divine Justice. Bahá’í Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1939. The Promised Day is Come. Bahá’í Publishing

Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1941. God Passes By. Bahá’í Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1944.

[Page 837]BAHA’I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

837

TRANSLATIONS (see note p. 834).

The Dawn-Breakers, by Muhammad-i—Zarandl', surnamed Nabl’l-i-A‘2am. Bahá’í Publishing Committee, New York, 1932, and other Bahá’í Publishing Trusts.

Epistle to the Son Ofthe Wolf, by Bahá’u’lláh. Bahá’í Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1941, 1953, and other Bahá’í Publishing Trusts.

Gleanings from the Writings of Bahá’u’lláh. Bahá’í Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1939, 1952, and other Bahá’í Publishing Trusts.

The Hidden Words of Bahá’u’lláh (Arabic and Persian). Bahá’í Publishing Committee, New York, 1924. Bahá’í Publishing Committee, London, 1932, and other Bahá’í’ Publishing Trusts.

Kitdb-i-iqa’n, by Bahá’u’lláh. Bahá’í Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1931, 1950, and other Bahá’í Publishing Trusts.

/,/

Prayers and Meditations by Bahá’u’lláh. Baha 1 Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1938, 1962, and other Bahá’í Publishing Trusts.

Tablet t0 the Central Organization for a Durable Peace, The Hague, by ‘Abdu’l-Bahá, dated December 17, 1919. Published as a leaflet by Bahá’í Publishing Trust, London.

Tablet to Dr. Fore], by ‘Abdu’l-Bahá. Published in Star Ofthe West, vol. XIV, no. 4, July 1923, p. 101. Subsequently published as a leaflet by various Bahá’í Publishing Trusts.

Tablet Of the Holy Mariner, by Bahá’u’lláh. Published in Star Ofthe West, vol. XIII, no. 4, May 1922, p. 75. Subsequently published in Prayer Books and other compilations.

The Will and Testament of ‘Abdu’l-Bahá. Bahá’í’ Publishing Committee, New York, 1925, 1935. Bahá’í Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1944, 1968, and other Bahá’í Publishing Trusts.

SOME COMPILATIONS FROM HIS WRITINGS

Bahá’í Administration. Bahá’í Publishing Committee, Wilmette, Illinois, 1928, 1960.

Messages to America (1932—1946). Bahá’í’ Publishing Trust, Wiimette, Illinois, 1947.

Messages to the Bahá’í World (1950—1957). Bahá’í Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1958.

Principles of Bahá’í Administration. Bahá’í’ Publishing Trust, England, 1950.

Guidance for Today and Tomorrow. Bahá’í Publishing Trust, London, 1953.

Citadel of Faith (Messages to America 1947—1957). Bahá’í Publishing Trust, Wilmette, Illinois, 1965.

Messages to Canada. National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Canada, 1965. Letters from the Guardian to Australia and New Zealand (1923—1957). National Spiritual

Assembly of Australia, 1970.

Dawn of a New Day—Messages to India (1923—1957). Bahá’í Publishing Trust, New Delhi, 1970.

Directives from the Guardian. Bahá’í Publishing Trust, New Delhi, 1970.

High Endeavours: Messages to Alaska. National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Alaska, 1976.

Call to the Nations. World Centre Publications, 1977.

[Page 838]838 THE BAHA’I’ WORLD

6. LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE ACHIEVEMENTS

Riḍván 1979—Riḍván 1983

PREVIOUS volumes of The Bahá’í World list more than 650 languages, major dialects and scripts into which the Sacred Writings and other literature of the Bahá’í Faith have been translated; the total number has now reached more than 725. The promotion of such translations has been an important objective of the international teaching plans conducted by the Bahá’í-world community over the years, with the purpose of making available to the believers in many lands the Scriptures of their faith in their own tongues. Information about the languages in which Bahá’í literature is currently available may be obtained from the Bahá’í World Centre, PO. Box 155, 31 001 Haifa, Israel.

Listed below, in alphabetical order by continent of origin, are the languages, dialects and scripts in which translations of Bahá’í literature have definitely been made, whether for the first time or enriching available literature, during the period between Riḍván 1979 and Riḍván 1983. These accomplishments include translations, publications and recordings on tape, although not all have been achieved in each of the languages named. Literature in each dialect and each different script has been treated as a separate achievement, as each is assumed to reach a different public. This is a minimum listing; other reports, some elements of which are still ambiguous, remain under investigation.

Usage and spelling chosen for primary listings and indication of dialect relationships follow, where possible, C. F. and F. M. Voegelin, Classification and Index of the World’s Languages,1 even when this differs from generally recognized usage or that of the speakers themselves. Some variant names and spellings, including variants previously reported, appear in parentheses; listings in quotation marks (‘ ’) have not yet been identified from this reference, or there is some ambiguity regarding exact identification.

The major countries, islands or territories where the languages are spoken are shown in italics. Where no such entry is given, the language is spoken in so many widely scattered territories that to list them would be unwieldy; many of these languages are found worldwide. Languages officially used in countries in more than one continent are grouped separately at the head of the list.

The number of languages, dialects and scripts listed here as achievements of the Plan to date total 334. Of these, 66 are new languages, dialects or scripts never before reported, and 17 others may also prove to be new when accurate identification or date of achievement has been established.

A. LANGUAGES IN INTERNATIONAL USE New Script:

1. English: ‘Rfijano’ script

Insufficient Information (Further investigation is needed to determine whether the following represent a new accomplishment or enrichment of existing literature):

1. Portuguese: Braille text

‘ Foundations of Linguistics Series; Elsevier, New York and Amsterdam; 1977.

[Page 839]BAHA‘I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY 839

Literature Enriched:

9°89?”

• French
• Portuguese
• Spanish

Spanish: Braille text

B. INVENTED LANGUAGES

Literature Enriched:

1. Arabic

2. * Dutch

3. * English

4. * English: Braille text 1. Esperanto

C. AFRICA

First Translations Made:

1. Amharic: Braille text (new script) (Ethiopia) 2. BANDA: Baba dialect (Benin) 3,4 BIHARIZ “Mauritian Bhojpuri’ (2 scripts) (Mauritius) 5. * Bobo (Bwamou) (Upper Volta) 6. CREOLE, INDIAN OCEAN: Seychelles . dialect (‘Kreol’) (Seychelles) 7 Dai (Daye) (Chad) 8. * Dyula (Jula, ‘Djoula’) (Upper Volta) 9 Fadambo (Fa d’Ambo, Pagalu) (Amzbon Island) 10. Kabre (Kabye) (Togo) 11. Komoro (Comorian) (Comoro Islands)

12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

19.

20.

21. 22.

Lam(b)a (Togo) iCi—Lamba (Zambia) ki—Lega (ki-Rega) (Zaire)

• Lyele (Lele; L’e’lé) (Upper Volta)

Mandankwe (Cameroons) Mbai (Mbaye) (Chad) Mbati (Issongo. Lissongo) (Central African Republic) NAMA: Damara dialect (Southwest Africa/Namibia) se—TSWANA: se-Kgalagadi dialect (Botswarm) ki-TUBA: Monokutuba dialect (Zaire) YASA: Kombe dialect (Equatorial Guinea)

Insufficient Information (Fufther investigation is needed to determine whether the following represent new accomplishments 0r enrichment of existing literature):

5. 6. 7.

T ‘Ngoni’ (Malawi) ci—Sena (Mozambique) ce—Venda (Southern Africa)

Literature Enriched:

1. T ‘Baka’ (Cameroons)

2. T ‘Basoundi’ (Congo)

3. Fang (Equatorial Guinea)

4. T ‘Kyakonde’ (Malawi)

1. * Afrikaans (South Africa)

2. AKAN: Fame dialect (Ghana)

3. AKAN: Twi (Akwapem) dialect (Ghana)

4. Akoli (Sudan; Uganda)

5. Amharic (Amarigna) (Ethiopia)

1 1

Hocwso

Bambara (Mali; Sénégal; Upper Volta)

Bamoun (Cameroons)

Bargu (Bariba) (Benin; Nigeria; Togo)

Bassa (Gbasa) (Liberia)

Bassa (Koko; Mvele) (Cameroons)e-Beembe (Kibembe) (Zaire)

• Language specifically named as a translation goal of the Seven Year Plan.

’r Efforts to obtain exact identification continue.

[Page 840]840

12. 13. 14. 15. 16.

17.

18.

19. 20. 21. 22.

23. 24.

25. 26. 27.

28. 29.

30. 31. 32. 33.

34. 35.

36. 37.

38. 39.

40. 41.

42. 43. 44.

45. 46.

THE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

ici—Bemba (Wemba) (Zaire; Zambia)

Bim' (Edo) (Nigeria)

Bulu (Boulou) (Cameroons)

Ciokwe (Chokwe) (Angola; Zaire)

Dagbani (Dagbane, Dagomba) (Ghana; Togo)

Dan (Gio; Yacouba) (Ivory Coast; Liberia)

DIOLA (JOLA): Fogny dialect (1601a Féoni) (The Gambia; Guinea; Sénégal)

Duala (Douala) (Cameroons)

Efik (Cameroons; Nigeria)

T ‘Ewe’ (Benin; Ghana; Togo)

Ewondo (Beti; Yaounde”) (Camer00m)

• FO (Fon; Dahoméen) (Benin)

Ful (Fula; Fulani; Peulh) (West and Upper West Africa)

Gambai (Sara-Ngumbaye) (Chad)

Olu— Ganda (Uganda) Gbaya (Baya) (Central African Republic; Cameroons; Congo)

• 1 ‘Goun‘ (Benin)
• Gurma (Gourmantche) (Togo; Upper

Volta) eke- Gusii (Kisii) (Kenya) lu-Gwere (Lugwere) (Uganda)

Hausa (West Africa)

Herero (Otjiherero) (Southwest Africa/Namibia)

Igbo (Ibo; Igho) (Nigeria)

Kaba (Sara Kaba) (Central African Republic; Chad)

ke-Kamba (Kikamba) (Kenya)

• Kasem (Kasséme; Kasena) (Ghana;

Upper Volta)

Kikuyu (Kenya)

Kongo (Kikongo) (Angola; Congo; Zaire)

KONGO: Kimanianga dialect (Zaire)

Krahn, Western (Ngere, Guéré) (Ivory Coast)

Krio (West Africa)

”r ‘Kru' (Liberia) oci—Kwanyama (Kuanjama; (Angola; Southwest mibia) Kweni (Gouro) (Ivory Coast) Logooli (Luragoli; Maragoli) (Kenya)

Ovambo) Africa/Na 47. LOSENGO: lengala (Lingala) dialect (Zaire)

48. ki-Luba-Katanga (Kiluba) (Zaire)

49. Luba-Lulua (Tshiluba; Ciluba) (Zaire)

50. LUBA-LULUA: Luba-Kasai dialect (Tshiluba of Kasai) (Zaire)

51. Lugbara (Uganda; Zaire)

52. LUHYA: lu-Tiriki dialect (Kenya)

53. ci-Lunda (Angola; Zai're; Zambia)

54. ci-LUNDA: Ndembo dialect (Zaire)

55. Luo (DhOLuo) (Kenya; Tanzania)

56. Lwo (Sudan; Uganda)

57. Maka (Makaa) (Cameroons)

58. ci-Makonde (‘Shimakonde‘) (Mozambique; Tanzania)

59. i-Makua (Makhuwa) (Malawi; M0zambiquc)

60. * Malagasy (Malagache) (Madagascar)

61. Mandinka (West & Upper West Africa)

62. Mano (Guinea; Liberia)

63. Masa (Massa) (Chad; Cameroons) 64. MASABA (LUMASABA): ulu-Bukusu dialect (Kenya; Uganda)

65. Mashi (Zaire; Zambia)

66. T ‘M’Baka’ (Central African Republic)

67. ke—Mero (Kimeru; Meru) (Kenya)

68. Moba (Ghana; Togo; Upper Volta)

69. MONGO-NKUNDO: Ekondo-Mongo dialect (‘Lomongo’) (Zaire)

70. *Moré (Mossi) (Ghana; Togo; Upper Volta)

71. Nandi (Kenya; Tanzania; Uganda)

72. NANDI: Kipsigis dialect (Kenya)

73. * Nankanse (Nankani) (Ghana; Upper

Volta) 74. *si-Ndebele (Sindebele) (Zimbabwe) 75. oci-Ndonga (Ambo; Ochindonga) (Saulhwesr Africa/Namibia)

76. NGUNI: isi-Swati (Siswati; Swazi) dialect (Swaziland; South Africa)

77. *NGUNI: isi-Xhosa (IXhosa; Kaffir) (Botswana; Transkei; South Africa)

78. * NGUNI: Zulu dialect (South Africa)

79. ‘r ‘Nkhonde’ (Malawi)

80. Nyang (Kenyang) (Cameroons)

81. ci-Nyanja (Malawi; Zambia)

82. *ci-NYANJA: ci-Cewa (Chichewa) dialect (Malawi; Zambia)

• Language specifically named as a translation goal of the Seven Year Plan.

1‘ Efforts to obtain exact identification continue.

[Page 841]BAHA’I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY 841

83. olu—Nyole (Kenya)

84.

85.

shi-Ronga (Shironga) (Mozambique; South Africa) Ruanda (Kinyarwanda) (Rwanda)

86. * iki—Rundi (Burundi)

87. 88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94.

95.

11.

12.

13.

14.

• Sango (Central African Republic;

Chad; Congo)

SARA: Sara-Majingai dialect (Central

African Republic; Chad)

SARA: Sara Ngama dialect (Central

African Republic; Chad)

Serer (Serere) (The Gambia; Sénégal)

• Shona (Mozambique; Zimbabwe)

Sidamo (Sidamigna) (Ethiopia) Somali (Somalia)

Sotho, Northern (se—Pedi) (South

Africa)

Sotho, Southern (se-Sotho) (Leso tho; South Africa)

96. 97. 98. 99. 100. 101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106.

107.

Swahili (East and Central Africa) Temen (Themne) (Sierra Leone) Teso (Kenya; Uganda) Tigrinya (Ethiopia) Tiv (Nigeria) ci-Tonga, Zambian (Plateau Tonga) (Zambia) shi-Tsonga (Shangaan) (Mozambique; South Africa) se-Tswana (Botswana; South Africa; Zimbabwe) Tumbuka (ci-Tumbuka) (Malawi; Tanzania; Zambia)

• Wolof (Jolof; Oulof) (Gambia;

Mauritania; Sénégal) Ci~Yao (Malawi; Mozambique; Tanzania) Yoruba (Benin; Nigeria; Togo)

AFRICAN ASSEMBLIES HAVE ALSO REPORTED ACHIEVEMENTS 1N:

• French

Spanish

• Arabic
• English

D. THE AMERICAS

First Transla'tions Made:

Amuzgo (Mexico)

T CHINANTEC: 2 dialects (Mexico) Cocopa (United States)

" CREOLE, LESSER ANTILLES:

Guadelupéen dialect (Guadeloupe)

Martiniquais dialgct (Martinique) Cuicatec (Mexico)

Fox; Kickapoo dialect (Mexico; United

States) Huave (Mexico) Jr MIXE: 1 dialect (Mexico)

• MIXTEC:

dialect of San Antonio Huitepec,

Zaachila Distn'ct (Mexico)

dialect of San Miguel Piedras, No chistlén District (Mexico)

‘de la Canada’, dialect of San Juan Coatzaspan, Teotitlén del Camino

(Mexico)

‘de la Costa’, dialect of Pinotepa Nacional, Jamiltepcc District (Mex ico)

15.

16.

17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22.

23.

24. 25.

26. 27.

28.

‘de la Mixteca Alta’, dialect of Y0sondlia. Tlaxiaco District (Mexico) ‘de la Mixteca Baja’, dialect of Santa Inés del Rio, Nochistlén District (Mexico) Mocovf (Argentina)

• Patois (Windward Islands)

Paya (Honduras) Saramaccan (Suriname) Thompson (Canada)

• Totonac (Mexico)
• ZAPOTEC:

dialect of Betaza, Villa Alta District (Mexico) dialect of Lachigoléo (Mexico) dialect of San Juan Tagui, Villa Alta Distn'ct (Mexico) dialect of Tlalixtac (Mexico) ‘de la Sierra’, dialect of Ixtlan Distn'ct (Mexico) ‘de la Sierra’, dialect of San Bartoloméo Zoogocho, Villa Alta District (Mexico)

‘ Language specifically named as a translation goal of the Seven Year Plan. T Efforts to obtain exact identification continue.

[Page 842]842 THE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

29. ‘de la Siena’, dialect of Villa Hi- 32. ‘del Sur’. dialect of San Vicente dalgo, Villa Alta Distn'ct (Mexico) Cuatlén. Ejutla Distn‘ct (Mexico) 30. ‘del Sur’, dialect of Pochutla Dis- 33. ‘del Valle”. dialect of San Mateo trict (Mexico) and San Miguel Mixtepec, Zimat3]. ‘del Sur’, dialect of San Pedro Mix— lén District (Mexico) tepec, Miahuatlain District (Mexi- 34. 20un (Mexico) co)

Insufficient Information (Further investigation is needed to determine whether the following represent new accomplishments or enrichment of existing literature):

1. Cree (Canada) 3. "‘ MIXE: 1 dialect (Mexico) 2. MAZATEC: dialect of San Antonio El- 4. Paez (Colombia) oxochitlén (Mexico) 5. Yupik, St. Lawrence Island (Alaska) Literature Enriched: 1. * Aymarzi (Bolivia; Peru) 22. T OTOMI: dialect of Amealco (Mexico) 2. * Cakchiquel (Guatemala) 23. Papiamento (Aruba; Bonaire; Cura3. Cayapa (Ecuador) gao) 45. ”r CHINANTEC: 2 dialects (Mexico) * QUECHUA: 6. ‘CHOCO: Panamanian’ (Embera) 24. T unspecified Bolivian dialect (B01' (Panama) ivia) 7. * Creole, Haitian (Criole) (Haiti) 25. 1‘ unspecified Ecuadorian dialect 8. * Cuna (Kuna) (Panama (San Bias [5- (Ecuador) lands)) 26. Shuara (Jivaro) (Ecuador; Peru) 9. T ‘Garifuna’ (Belize) 27. Sranan (Sranan Tongo; Surinamese; 10. Guajiro (Colombia; Venezuela) Taki-Taki) (Suriname) 11. * Guayml’ (Panama) 28. Toba (Argentina) 12. Jicaque (Xicaque) (Honduras) 29. * TUPI: Guarani dialect (Argentina; 13. * Kekchi (Belize; Guatemala) Brazil; Paraguay) 14. * Mam (Guatemala; Mexico) 30. Tzeltal (Mexico) 15. Mapuche (Argentina; Chile) 31. * Yaqui (Mexico; United States) 16. letaco (Argentina; Bolivia; Para- 32. ”r ‘Yukpa’ (Colombia; Venezuela) guay) * ZAPOTEC: 17. * Maya (Belize; Guatemala; Mexico) 33. ‘del Istmo’. dialect of Tehuantepec 18. MAYA: Mopan dialect (Belize; Guate— and Juchitlan Districts. (Mexico) mala) 34. ‘del Valle’, dialect of Mitla, T100019. MISKITO: Nicaraguan dialect (Nicara- lula District (Mexico) gua) 35. ‘del Valle”. dialect of San Baltazar 20. Navajo (United States) Chichicapan. Ocotlén District 21. Otomi (Mexico) (Mexico) AMERICAN ASSEMBLIES HAVE ALSO REPORTED ACHIEVEMENTS IN: English Portuguese Braille French * Spanish Laotian Spanish Braille Persian Vietnamese

• Portuguese

• Language specifically named as a translation goal 01' the Seven Year Plan.

1’ Efforts to obtain exact identification continue.

[Page 843]00

10. 11.

12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.

20. 21.

1.

2.

3.

4.

BAHA‘I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY 843

E. ASIA

Insufficient Information (Further investigation is needed to determine whether the following represent new accomplishments or enrichment of existing literature):

Mundari (‘Mundra’) (India)

2.

Semelai (Malaysia)

Literature Enriched:

Balochi (Baluchi) (Baluchistan)

• Bengali (Bangladesh; India)
• BENGALI: Assamese dialect (Northeastern India)

Burmese (Burma; Bangladesh)

• Chinese. Modern

DAYAK, LAND (‘BIDAYUH’): Bukar Sadong dialect (Borneo; Sarawak) DAYAK, LAND (‘BIDAYUH’): Jagoi (Biratak) dialect (Borneo; Sarawak) Dayak, Sea (Iban) (Borneo; Sarawak) DUSUN (KADAZAN): Penampang dialect (Sabah)

• Gujarati (India)
• Hindi, Western (Hindi; ‘Hindustani’)

(India; Africa; Americas; Fiji) Ilocano (The Philippines)

• J apanese

Japanese: Katakana script

• Kannada (Kanarese) (India)

Khasi (India) Khmer

• Korean (Korea; China; Japan)
• Lao (Laotian) (Laos; Thailand; er

al.)

• Lepcha (Bhutan; India; Nepal)
• Malay (‘Bahasa Malaysia’) (Malaysia)

22.

23.

24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32.

33. 34. 35.

36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45.

MALAY: ‘Bahasa Indonesia’ dialect (Indonesia)

• Malayalam (India, incl. Laccadive

ls.)

• Marathi (Maharatti) (India)

MARATHI: Konkani dialect (India) Meithei (Manipuri) (India)

• Nepali (Nepalese) (Nepal)

• Oriya (India)

Palu (Kaili) (Indonesia) Pampangan (The Philippines)

• Panjabi (Punjabi) (India; Pakistan)

Pashto (Pushtu) (Afghanistan; Pakisran) Persian (Farsi) (irdn; er a1.)

• Sanskrit (India)

Sebuano (Cebuano) (The Philippines)

• Sindhi (India; Pakistan)

• Sinhalese (Sri Lanka)

Tagalog (Filipino) (The Philippines)

• Tamil (India; Sri Lanka; et a1.)

• Telugu (India)

Thai (Thailand)

• Tibetan (India; Tibet)

• Turkish (Cyprus; Turkey; et a1.)

• Urdu (India; Pakistan)

Vietnamese (Vietnam; et a1.)

ASIAN ASSEMBLIES HAVE ALSO REPORTED ACHIEVEMENTS INS

English

F. AUSTRALASIA AND THE PACIFIC ISLANDS

First Translations Made:

Chimbu (Kuman) (Papua New Guinea) CHIMBU: Gumine (Golin) (Papua

New Guinea) ENGA: Laiap dialect (Papua New Guinea)

German, Rabaul Creole (‘Unser F"

deutsch’) (Papua New Guinea)

Lamalanga (North Pentecost) (Vanuam)

Marina (Big Bay) (Vanuatu)

SIANE: Arango dialect (Papua New Guinea)

‘ Language specifically named as a translation goal of the Seven Year Plan‘ ’r Efforts to obtain exact identification continue.

[Page 844]844

THE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

Insufficient Information (Further investigation is needed to determine whether'the following represent new accomplishments 0r enrichment of existing literature):

1. i“ ‘Woleanian’ (The Caroline Islands) Literature Enriched: 1. Chamorro (Guam; Mariana Islands) 14. Niuean (Niue Island) 2. EFATE (EFATESE): Erakor dialect (Va- 15. Palauan (Palau) (The Caroline Isnuatu) lands; Guam) 3. Fijian (The Fiji Islands) 16. * Pidgin, Neo-Melanesian (‘Tok Pisin’) 4. Gilbertese (Kiribati; et a1.) (Papua New Guinea) 5. Hawaiian (The Hawaiian Islands) 17. Pidgin, Solomon Islands (The Solo6. Kosrean (Kusaiean) (The Caroline mon Islands) Islands) 18. Pidgin, Vanuatu (Bislama) (Vanuatu) 7. Lau (Malaita, Solomon Islands) 19. Ponapean (Eastern Caroline Islands) 8. Maori, Cook Islands (Rarotongan) 20. * Samoan (Samoa; 6! al.) (The Cook Islands) 21. TANNA: Lenakel dialect (Vanuatu) 9. Maori, New Zealand (New Zealand) 22. TANNA: Nupuanmen (‘Whitesands’) 10. Marshallese ( The Marshall Islands) dialect (Vanuatu) 1]. MELE: Fila dialect (‘Ifira’) (Vanuatu) 23. * Tongan (Tonga Islands: er al.) 12. * Motu, Hiri (Police Motu) (Papua 24. Trukese (The Caroline Islands) New Guinea) 25. Tuvaluan (Ellicean) (Tuvalu; Nauru; 13. Nengone (Maréen) (The Loyalty 15- et a1.) lands) 26. Yapese (The Caroline Islands) AUSTRALASIAN ASSEMBLIES HAVE ALSO REPORTED ACHIEVEMENTS 1N: Arabic Japanese (Katakana script) English Persian Greek Vietnamese G. EUROPE First Translations Made: 1. Friulian (Italy) 2. * RUMANIAN: Moldavian dialect (Moldavia) Insufficient Information (Further investigation is needed to determine whether the following represent new accomplishments 0r enrichment of existing literature): 1. T INUITZ Greenlandic, ‘West Central’ dialect (Greenland) Literature Enriched: 1 * Albanian (Albania; er a1.) 9. * FRISIAN: West Frisian dialect (‘Frysk‘) 2 ARABIC: Maltese dialect (Malta) (Frisian Islands; et a1.) 3 * Basque (France; Spain) 10 Gaelic, Scottish (Scotland) 4 * Czech (Czechoslovakia; et al.) 11. * German (Austria; Germany; Switzer5. * Danish (Denmark; er a1.) land; er a1.) 6 * Estonian (Estonia; et a1.) 12. * GERMAN: Luxemburgian (Letzebur7 * Faeroese (Faeroe Islands) gische) dialect (Luxembourg) 8 * Finnish (Finland; er al.) 13. * Greek, Modern (Cyprus; Greece; etal.)

" Language specifically named as a translation goal of the Seven Year Plan. ‘r Efforts to obtain exact identification continue.

[Page 845]14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 20.

BAHA‘I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY 845

• Hungarian (Hungary; et al.)
• Icelandic (Iceland; er al.)

INUIT: Greenlandic (Greenland)

• Italian (Italy; Switzerland; 81 al.)

Ladin (Italian and Swiss Tyrol)

• Lithuanian (Lithuania; er al.)
• NORWEGIAN:

Nynorsk (Landsmi’ll) (Norway) Riksmél (Bokmz'il) (Norway)

23.

24. 25. 26. 27.

28. 29.

• Polish (Poland; er al.)

• ROMANSCHZ

• Romanian (Romania; 61 a1.)

Sursilvan dialect (Switzerland )

• Russian

• Slovak (Czechoslovakia; Hungary;

Yugoslavia; et al.)

• Swedish (Sweden; Finland; 6! a1.)

Welsh (Cymraeg) (Wales; et a1.)

EUROPEAN ASSEMBLIES HAVE ALSO REPORTED ACHIEVEMENTS IN:

Arabic

Persian

H. TOTAL BY CONTINENTS

First Translations

World Languages 1

Invented Languages Africa 22

The Americas 34

Asia

Australasia

Europe

Needing Further Identzfication

Literature Enriched

8

1 107 35 45

His Worship Rm?! Salmén, Mayor of La Paz, Bolivia, (third from right) visiting the Bahá’í exhibit at the La Paz book fair; July 1981.

[Page 846]846 THE Bahá’í’ WORLD

7. TRANSLATIONS OF THE SHORT OBLIGATORY PRAYER

, 0‘ <.V ... q.y V.v w. .- ~.v V.’ ~ ~ 7 v.7 v.— w. "‘5 \ I ‘ l ' I . I . l . ' u . . . 9 . 9 . u ' u . v v V ' t v u y . o .. u c

‘ w ”ill

mtwrw ‘q

le figéé q? “lg“ 5 M: l . 2.:

vle' ‘" \ l YP,‘ \. H ”3": u MMWJM

l p. ‘0. I

"O

O.

s

.

l 7“” l L'\

901'" l" *"°

i'vc ‘

1:}. . .. "ill“ y~o.. .‘g

I bear witness, O my God, that Thou has! created me 0' ' to know Thee and to worship Thee. [ testify, at this monwnl, 10 my powerlcxsncss and to Thy might, to my - poverty and t0 Thy wealth.

- .kon . There is none other God but Thee, the Help in Peril, ‘ . ‘ 1/16 SelfiSubsisting,

~<o .5. I

awhlunuhr‘ C I

.A

v, ._ . 3.9 O ' 4 . .' . . . A 0-191....

‘ Q

. ..0* i . 3.

l» . ¢ , - . ~ A A ~ 0 n ,- It 1111‘ 1 I I‘

I I . I I I I I n 3 «Duo. ' .o ' is. 0 .6. l .o 0.0. ' .0. ...0. t .6. \ ,OJ .0.“ .0. ' .O_ ' .o. ‘ ..-»,

Iva -A~ .w'. . .--1. .-1\:~.. ,.. .wut >vu... _-.-. .I

Short Daily Obligatory Prayer in Arabic and English.

ABOVE is the original Arabic with its translation into English of one of the prayers revealed by Bahá’u’lláh and prescribed for fulfilment of the daily obligatory prayer. It is known as the Short Obligatory Prayer, and when used is recited once in twenty-four hours, at noon.

In previous volumes of The Bahá’í World translations of this prayer were published in almost 400 languages, dialects or scripts. These are listed below, by continent, with corrected designations where possible, followed by the texts of new or improved translations which became available in the period Riḍván 1979—1983, bringing the total to 501. In some instances identification is provisional, and in others alternative translations may appear pending final approval of the relevant National Spiritual Assemblies. Not all the Braille texts available are shown. There exist some oral translations made on tape recordings which are not reflected in these pages.

The usage and spelling chosen for primary listings, and indication of dialect relationships, follow, where possible, C. F. and F. M. Voegelin, Classification and Index of the World’s Languages. It is recognized by the compilers of this list that these designations, therefore, sometimes do not reflect the name by which a particular language or dialect is best known, or the designation preferred by those who speak it. Some variant names and spellings, including variants previously reported, appear in parentheses.

[Page 847]9‘5”?!“59?‘

7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

16. 17.

18.

19. 20.

21.

22

23.

24. 25. 26.

27. 28.

29. 30.

Bahá’í BIBLIOGRAPHY

847

Exceptions to Voegelin & Voegelin’s usage have been made in a few cases: where the name of a language has been officially changed in the country in which it is spoken; where Voegelin & Voegelin’s primary listing is known to be considered pejorative by speakers of the language or dialect; and in a few other instances. Also, certain of the European dialects of Scandinavian and Netherlandic-German have been listed as separate languages, on the basis of their long separate histories as literary languages.

A. AFRICA

• Denotes revised translations.

T Efforts to obtain exact identification continue.

PUBLISHED IN PREVIOUS VOLUMES (128)

Adangme (Ghana) Afrikaans (Southern Africa) AKAN: Asante (Ashanti) dialect (Ghana) AKAN: Fante dialect (Ghana) AKAN: Twi (Akwapem) dialect (Ghana) Amhan'c (Amarigna; Aman'nya) (Ethiopia) Awing (Cameroons) ‘Bakuba’ (Zaire) Bambara (Mali; Sénégal; Upper Volta) Bamoun (Cameroons) Bassa (Gbasa) (Liberia) ici-Bemba (Wemba) (Zaire; Zambia) Berba (Benin) Bulu (Boulou) (Cameroons) Chiripon-Lete-Anum (Cherepong; Guan) (Ghana) Ciokwe (Chokwe) (Angola; Zaire) CREOLE, INDIAN OCEAN: Mauritian dialect (Mauritius) Dagbani (Dagbane; Dagomba) (Ghana; Togo) Diola (Jola) (Upper West Africa) DIOLA (JOLA): Fogny (Jéola Féofii) dialect (The Gambia; Guinea; Sénégal) Duala (Douala) (Cameroons)

• Efik (Nigeria)

EKOI: Ejagham dialect (Cameroons; Nigeria) T ‘Ewe’ (Benin; Ghana; logo) EWE: Gé (Mina) dialect (Benin; Togo) EWE: Watyi (Ouatchi, Waci) dialect (Benin; Togo) F6 (Fon; Dahoméen) (Benin) Ful (Fula; Fulani; Fulfulde; Peul; Toucouleur) (West Africa) FUL: Torado dialect (Sénégal) GA: .Accra dialect (Ghana; Togo)

-+

31. 32. 33.

34. 35.

36.

37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43.

44. 45.

46. 47.

48 49

50.

51. 52.

53.

54. 55. 56. 57. 58.

Gambai (Ngambai; Ngambaye) (Chad) olu—Ganda (Luganda) (Uganda) Gbaya (Baya) (Central African Republic; Cameroons; Congo) ‘Goun‘ (Benin) Gurma (Gourma: Gourmantche) (T0g0) Gurma (Gourma; Gourmantche) (Upper Volta) G//wi (lkwi) (Botswana) HAUSA: unidentified Nigerian dialect Herero (Namibia/South West Africa) +4: Hfié, Eastern (4E H551(Botswana) -+- Hua (lxo) (Botswana) Igbo (Ibo, Igho) (Nigeria) Kaba (Sara Kaba) (Central African Empire; Chad) Kanuri (Chad; Niger; Nigeria) Kasem (Kassem; Kasena) (Ghana; Upper Volta) e-Kele (Lokele) (Zaire) Kikuyu (Gikuyu) (Kenya) T ‘Kimpin (Kipindi)’ (Zaire) T ‘Kinande’ (Zaire) KONGO (Kikongo): ki-Tuba (Kituba) dialect (Angola; Congo; Zaire) KONGO: ‘Kimanianga’ dialect (Zaire) KONGO: ki-Ntaandu (Kintandu) dialect (Zaire) KONGO: ki-Zombo (Kizombo) dialect (Angola; Zaire) erlle (Guinea; Liberia) Krio (West Africa) Kusal (Kusaal) (Ghana; Upper Volta) Kwakum (Bakoum) (Cameroons) oci-Kwanyama (Kuanjama; Kuanyama) (Angola; Southwest Africa/Namibia) Logo (Logoti) (Sudan; Zaire)

.{.

[Page 848]848 60.

61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69.

70.

71. 72.

73. 74.

75. 76. 77.

78. 79.

80. 81.

82. 83.

84. 85.

86. 87.

88. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93.

94. 95.

IT

49-!

THE BAHA’I’ WORLD

LOSENGO: Mangala (Lingala) dialect (Zai're)

si—Lozi (Zambia)

ki—Luba-Katanga (Kiluba) (Zaire)

Luba-Lulua (Tshiluba, Ciluba) (Zaire)

ci-Lunda (Angola; Zaire; Zambia)

ci-LUNDA: Ndembo dialect (Zaire)

Luo (Kenya; Tanzania)

ki—Luuwa (Kiluwa) (Zai're)

Lwo (Uganda)

ci-Makonde (Shimakonde) (Mozambique; Tanzania)

i-Makua (Makhuwa) (Mozambique; Malawi)

Malagasy (Ma7agasy Republic)

Mandinka (Mandingo) (Upper West Africa)

Masa (Massa) (Chad; Cameroons)

MASABA: ulu-Bukusu (Lubukusu) dialect (Kenya; Uganda)

Mashi (Zaire; Zambia)

‘ki-MBUNDU (Kimbundu)‘ (Angola)

i—MBUTI: ‘Batua (Lutua-Bambote)’ dialect (Zaire)

Mbuun (‘Embun (Kibunda)’) (Zaire)

MENDE: Kpa dialect (Liberia; Sierra Leone)

Moré (‘Mossi’) (Ghana; Togo; Upper Volta)

NAMA: Damara dialect (Southwest Africa/Namibia)

isi-Ndebele (Sindebele) (Zimbabwe)

oci-Ndonga (Ambo; Ochindonga) (Southwest Africa/Namibia)

NGUNI: isi-Swati (SiSwati, Swazi) dialect (Swaziland; South Africa)

NGUNI: isi-Xhosa (IXhosa) dialect (Borswana; Transkei; South Africa)

NGUNI: Zulu dialect (Southern Africa)

eke-NYAKYUSA: Ngonde (Konde) dialect (Malawi; Tanzania)

ki-Nyamwesi (Nyamwezi) (Tanzania)

Nyang (Kenyang) (Cameroons)

ci-Nyanja (Chinyanja) ' (Malawi; Zambia)

ci-NYANJA: ci-Cewa (Chichewa) dialect (Malawi; Zambia)

oru—Nyoro (Runyoro-Rutoro) (Uganda)

Oromigna (Galla) (Ethiopia; Kenya)

Riff (Tarifit) (Algeria; Morocco)

shi—Ronga (Shironga) (Mozambique;

96.

97. 98.

99.

100.

101. 102.

103. 104. 105.

106. 107.

108. 109. 110. 111. 112. 113. 114. 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 120.

121.

122.

123.

124.

125

South Africa) Ruanda (Kinyarwanda; Runyarwanda) (Rwanda) iki-Rundi (Kirundi) (Burundi) Sango (Sangho) (Central African Republic; Chad; Congo) SARA: Sara-Majingai (Madingaye) dialect (Central African Republic; Chad) Sara: Sara Ngama dialect (Central African Republic; Chad) Shona (Mozambique; Zimbabwe) SHONA: Kalanga dialect (Botswana; Zimbabwe) Shua (Botswana) Sidamo (Sidamigna) (Ethiopia) Somali (Somalia; Djibauti; Ethiopia) lu-Songe (Kisonge) (Zaire) SONGHAI: Zarma (Djerma) dialect (Niger; Nigeria) Sotho. Northern Africa) Sotho. Southern (se-Sotho. Sesotho) (Lesotho; South Africa) ki-Sukuma (Tanzania) Swahili (Central and East Africa) SWAHIIJ: ‘Mashingoli' dialect (SomaZia) Temen (Temne, Themne) (Guinea; Sierra Leone) Teso (Ateso) (Kenya; Uganda) Tigrinya (Eritrea) Tiv (Nigeria) Tobote (Busari. Bassar) (Ghana; T0 Kenya;

(se-Pedi) (South

go) ci-Tonga. Malawian (Kitonga, Siska) (Malawi) ci-Tonga. Zambian (Plateau Tonga) (Zambia)

• shi-Tswa (‘Phikahni‘) (Mozambique;

Zimbabwe)

se—Tswana (Chuana; Setswana) (Borswana; Bophut/mtswarm; South Africa; Zimbabwe)

Tumbuka (Timbuka; Chitumbuka) (Malawi; Tanzania; Zambia)

Wolof (101Of; Oulof) (The Gambia; Mauritania; Sénégal)

ci-Yao (Chiyao) (Malawi; Mozambique; Tanzania)

T‘Yaouré (Yahore)’ (submitted from

Ivory Coast)

[Page 849]BAHA”1’BIBLIOGRAPHY

126. 127.

Yoruba (Benin; Nigeria)

Zzlnde (Central African Republic;

849

Congo; Sudan; Zaire)

128. olu-Ziba (olu-Haya) (Tanzania)

IMPROVED TRANSLATIONS (2)

1. KIKUYU (Kenya)

Ndina uira, Wee Ngai wakwa. ati Wee wanyumbire nigetha ngumenye na ngukumagic. Na ndina uira thiini wa kahiinda gaaka iguru ria wagi uhoti wakwa na iguru ria uhoti waku. iguru ria uthiini wakwa na iguru ria utonga waku.

Gutiri Ngai ungi tiga Wee, Uria Muteithia wa Ugwaati -ini, Uria Wirugaimie.

2. ci—MAKONDE (Shimakonde) (Mozambique; Tanzania)

Nilikumanya. wako Nungu wangu, doni undingumba nikumanye nikupambedye Wako. Niku-kumanyia kwa wakati hau. kudidimanga kwangu na chakulula Chako, na umasikini wangu na uhumu Wako.

Apali Nungu junji ni Wako, Wakupwazela Mu-mauvilo Muwikala Umwene wa uti.

ADDITIONAL TEXTS (NOT PREVIOUSLY PUBLISHED IN THE Bahá’í WORLD) (24)

1. BARGU (BARIBA) (Benin; Nigeria; Togo)

Na sfia seeda (Yareru). nan gusuno, me a man taka kuawa na n nun yé kpa na n nun sziamo. T2": na yf) mi na nan dam sariru yé. ma na wunsn yiko yr: arumani yf: Gusuno goo maa sari ma n kun wuns, wuns wi 21 ra faaba k0 goban di—Wuns wi 21 wfia wunsn tii son.

2. BIHARI: ‘Mauritian Bhojpuri’ dialectDevanagari (1’) script (Mauritius)

‘Z’i‘mrlannarfifiafifimfirkéfi, WWW fimagq3wmfiarl flfiwmfifianafimdefl—(Q mmfimzaailznnfiaa‘z’afl—r aw Wammfimaml

WBT$37§HTTE+§WWT§1€IQ fr wzfimmzaamafimamfinm ma:

3. BIHARI: ‘Mauritian Bhojpuri’ dialectLatin script (Mauritius)

Hai Ishwar! Hum gawaahi det ha'l‘n ki Tohké chinhé ké afir tohur pooja karé khatir Tou hamké paida ka'l'lé hawa. Hum ha'1' ghari ma nat ha'l'n ki hum bahout kamjor ha'in aur tou sab sakti se bharam hawa. Hum garib ha'l'n aur Tou sab parkaar ké dhan—duwlat se bharpour hawa.

Tohké chorké dousra koyi Parmz‘ltmfi na‘l’ ha. Touhi sankat sé chorawé aula hawa aur

Touhi sab Jagah mein samaail baara.

4. BOBO (BWAMOU) (Upper Volta)

Donbeeni. N lee sssra bio Un lera mi yi, é nan zun-wo, 2‘1 100 baani—wo. N ta n bidamu le wo paanka boo han laana waan. én 100 mun ta n khemu le w0 paanmamu boo.

Donbeeni bwin binnian mian ka mu yinan Wote, Yan na yii fueni mu bosoa yi, Yan na wi mi hakuru yen: paanka kasi yi.

5. CREOLE,IND1AN OCEAN: Seychelles dialect (Kreol) (Seychelles)

Mon port temwagnaz, 0 mon Dye, ki Ou’n kre mwan pou rekonnet e ador Ou.

Mon sertifye, an se moman, ki mwan mon feb, 6 Cu ou For, ki mwan mon pov, 6 On ou Ris.

Napa lot Dye ki Ou, Sekour-dan-Danze, Legzistans Lib-e-Endepandan.

6. DYULA (JULA) (Upper Volta)

n lani b” a la k0 ele ye ne dan n tigi ala, janko n’ ka 56 k‘ i lon, k” i bato.

n” be [1‘ ka sebaliya kasi, ka 1 ka kotigiya tando.

n be hami ni n ka fantanya ye, ka i ka fee ntigiya jamu.

ala we re te yen n‘ e ala kelen t8, min bi 56 ka mags tanga koo jugu ma min kelen y‘ a ysrs dan.

[Page 850]850 7. EWONDO (Cameroons)

Na mem, a Zamba wom, ne onga kom ma ne me yem W?) me lugu fe wO. Etié te, ma yebe évodi dzam ayi ngul dzoé. mebua mam ayi akuma doé.

Zambe mfé avegan ki ai WC), Nké a mbedzam, enyo ato’o ai émen.

8. FANG (Equatorial Guinea)

Me ne ngafiia, ha Zama, na wua onga vele ma nzi meyem wua ya kang wua. Me ne ngafiia eyondji nfé kaa ngu djam ya en ngu djue. ateifi dam ya acum due.

Zama nfe ases alorane’ wua, efii avoro eyong otere abé ya naa wua fe wuaning ya en ngu djue.

'I‘HE BAH/VI’ WORLD

9. FRAFRA (Ghana)

Nbo f0 poorum. O nminga Winne, ti f0 inge man ti nmina fom la n’puusa f0. mam sake lelewa ti manka ta panga dee Fom tari, ti man dela nasa dee F0 de tibsa.

Win disere ka Ie bona. F0 ma. vom songra, nbo wuu.

10. T ‘GBEN’ (BEN) (Togo)

N two k gaal—o n Yédu—k fi 11 tag’n k ban’a k bis gi pug‘a. N two, yog mba k be ns’ k n k mok sisla pal] ama fi pa lkul’ k n be talat nil] ama k galmaam kultie a yal. Yédu k be k két a po. fi ywa mba tie tot-daé yubon nil]. F? tie ywa mba tun k pag u kwa.

11. HAUSA (Arabic script) (West (umal Afrim)

.Wfli—é

• 5} pubfifij

“"3““ “:35

12. KABRE (KABYE) (Togo)

Hayi ms-sso, manka aseyctedu. Habi-m se man51mi-ij m: mansami-g. Manay lsaleyo se msnks ajamtv n8 gks dondu, mentisi man-kvfiog yoo n8 fia-fiim yoo.

853 nooyu fsyi (lode pitasma-n; 821 fie-(ieke. Na weyi gliZiy syn kufiaij taa yo, Na weyi gws fia-ti yao

yo. ljyaki eyaa fiun kads taa.

13. KOMORO (COMORIAN) (Comoro Islands)

Ngami chahidi be mnyezi mgu ukaya humi umbu yili nihudjuwe yirudi nihu tweyi.

Ngam kubali he wakati rile nuwo he wangu wahangu n0 ushindzi wahaho. wo wumasikini wahangu no utadjiri wahaho.

Kapvatsi mgu wasaya yitso ndawe, ye wu sayidio harumwa wo utaabifu ye wu djitosho ayece.

999—] //F”U7-‘7‘”/ Jim}: yirfia-‘D

Lyrpm?Fm.P-Q>f1g 534;:E

W‘J :35

1. 2:)“

14. LUHYA: lu-Tiriki dialect (Kenya)

Ndi ni lirola, Oh Nyasaye wanje, shijira Wanomba Khukhumanya nuk-khusaala Yiwe. Ndolekhitsanya, khu inyinga yinu, vudedekhere vwanje nu khutsingulu Tsiotsio, khuvudakha vwanje na khuvuruji Vwovwo.

Shaliho Nyasaye wundi na akhali Yiwe, Mukhonyi mu shivi, na Umenyanga Wonyene.

15. LYELE (LELE) (Upper Volta)

Nyéo cf) 51 wo nyébyécibzil, 0 émyé yi wo mmyé n zfirhiné, s’a luér m pilril n Cérhéyilzé. A yé £1 jsy-muru hdé mmyé wéné. 2‘1 yizhil ndé mmye d5 pérz‘a yi d(‘m k’é téné age d’mye d1‘1d1‘1 mmyé n wo vérné a no’nO we? be zfirhné, zié.

16. MBAI (Chad; Central African Republic)

Toy i yan kajim 0 alla 10m nda kam doiti i ki 10m ndi bor kadi-te i yan kem-sa tar 10m kok

[Page 851]Bahá’í’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

roiti i mad kram U koum t0 ndo 10m anei i yan kajim ho, i yan ngom-m ho kam douniante nei ho kam kon-be—te loi ho.

Rota i alla ke maj, nan yan-guer loi i ke boo nan toi degue toube.

17. T MBAKA (Central African Republic)

Ma wa gomokouyo, 6 mokomé gna; gbapo m0 méné ma na kokobo ma hilo, na tétékélélo. Ma yé ngayolonmaté kpékpéké, kpékpéké ngamo pa yégbo; ma v0 na gnomo omité yaya ngamo.

Ga mokomé kpii 0 wodé, walo, kpaa, m0 3 vona é élé v0 ogbo gnomo mo a volon a hinga kapan v0 kpaa dénon.

’18. MBATI (ISSONGO. LISSONGO) (Central African Republic)

Ngoyé mondo dola. é. Moténgbé gna, mbété hokia moumo mémbo, mou m0 sékékoundio. Ngoyo mou nzonzonzo na boli gna. na lomba Nzio, ikélé gna na louélé ma Nzio.

Moténgbé gna wé; m0 kalissia bando 10 na. Ndaha mossiki iko mou kini.

19. NAMA (Southwest Africa/Namibia)

Tita ge ra #anJgfi, Ai ti Elotse Sats ge a guru te !Khaisa. Satsa tani #an tsi ®gore Qise. tita gera !kh6!gé ti ani-o-Infisib, tsi sa aniba. Ti ng‘ltsisib tsi Sa lkhusiba. Sats osei ge Qni Eloé Hé tama hfi. Hui-aots tsu-!géb ma, @Qi—aitsania mébasen hétsa.

20. NANKANSE (NANKANI) (Ghanaian dialect)

Mam bangeya, Winne, it Fom inge man ti n’bange dee puusa Fom, man tiise sira, Ieleewa. ti man ka tari panga dee Fon tari, man dela nassa dee Fon de tibsa.

Winne deyilla ka 1e bonna dee Fon ma, songra kum puom, daalum bonna woo.

851

21. NANKANSE (NANKANI) (Upper Volta dialect)

O Nahaba Ouinné, man tarr kasséto ti fou naha-man, tin bang’fo, nong’fo, la indoss’fo.

Mam ziin wan. mam mi intorrogo la fou pangén mam mi in’nongén 1a fou tar’son.

Ouinné Kaboi san dag’na foum, foum dé Séka insongri yél bééro pooam. seka inka tarr’danna.

22. SERERE (SERER) (The Gambia; Sénégal)

Seede a mi e. we Roog, wo bindaxam ndax um andoii soo bugofi.

Mixe seede a ndik, 0 fiak 0 waages, f0 waag’of, 0 flakes f0 jeg’of.

Roog fa leii jeegee faa refeerna wo. wo iiufiga we ndefnzi na sabab. oxaa nu fioowaa 0 fioon xooxum.

23. ki-TUBA: Monokutuba dialect (‘Kikong0 Monokutuba’) (Zaire)

Mono ikele mbangi, eh Nzambi na mono, na kuzaba nde: nge gangaka mono, sambu na kuzaba nge ti kupesa nge lukumu, se-sepi yayi, mono ke ndima bufioti na mO-no ye bunene na nge, bunsukami na mono, ye bumvwama na nge.

Na ntwala na nge, Nzambi ya nkaka i-kele ve, ya ke gulusaka na bigonsa. yina ya ke zingaka na ngolo na yandi mosi kaka.

24. ce-VENDA (Venda; South Africa)

Ndi a ganziela yawee Mudzimu wanga, uri W0 ntsika u U (jivha na u U luvha. Ndi ganziela zwino. u shaya nungo hanga n21 maancja. Au. thshai hanga na lupfumo Lwau.

A hu na muiiwe Mudzimu e si Iwe, Mufarisi Milingoni, Mucjiigelazwoghe.

B. THE AMERICAS

• Denotes revised translation.

+ Efforts to obtain cxucl identification continua.

PUBLISHED IN PREVIOUS VOLUMES (89)

1. Alacaluf (Chile)

2 ALEUTZ Eastern dialect (Cyrillic script) (Alaska; Aleutian Islands; Siberia)

3. Amuesha (Peru)

4. APACHE: Mescalero dialect (United

States) 5. 1‘ ‘Araucan’ (submitted from Panama) T ‘Arhuaco‘ (Colombia) Aymara (Bolivia; Peru) Bauré (Bolivia)

90>]?

[Page 852]852

10. 11. 12.

13. 14.

15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.

21. 22. 23. 24. 25.

26.

32. 33.

34.

35. 36.

37. 38. 39. 40. 41.

42. 43.

THE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

Bribri (Costa Rica; Panama) Cakchiquel (Guatemala)

Campa (Peru)

CARIB: Galibi (Carifia. Karinja) dialect

(Brazil; French Guiana; Guyana; Suriname; Venezuela) T ‘CARIB: Moreno dialect” (submitted

from Honduras) T ‘Carib. Island (Caribe)‘ (submittedfrom Honduras) T ‘Catio’ (Colombia; Panama; Venezuela) Cherokee (United States) Chipaya (Pukina) (Bolivia) T ‘Chiquitano‘ (Bolivia) T ‘Choco, Colombian” (Colombia)

• Choco. Panamanian (Epgra, Northern)

(Panama) CONIBO: Shipibo dialect (Peru) Creole, Haitian (Haiti) Cuna (Kuna) (Colombia; Panama) DAKOTA (SIOUX): Lakota dialect (Cunada; United States) Dieguefio (Kum—Yiy) (Mexico; United States) Goajiro (Guajiro) (Colombia; Venezuela) Guahibo (Guajibo) (Colombia; Venezuela) Guaymi (Panama) Haida (Alaska; Canada) INUIT (INUPIAQ): Barren Grounds dialect (Canada) INUIT (INUPIAQ): Barrow (North Slope) dialect (Alaska) INUIT (INUPIAQ): Keewatin dialect (Canada) INUIT (INUPIAQ): dialect (Alaska) INUIT (INUPIAQ): South Baffih Island dialect (Eastern Arctic syllabics) (Canada) Jicaque (Xicaque) (Honduras) KALISPEL (SALISH): Flathead dialect (United States) Koyukon (Alaska) Kuchin (Kutchin) (Alaska) KUCHIN: Fort Yukon dialect (Alaska) KUCHIN: Loucheux dialect (Canada) Lokono (Continental Arawak) (Guyana; French Guiana; Suriname) Machiguenga (Peru) Mapuche (Araucanian) Chile)

Kobuk (Kotzebue)

(A rgemina;

44. T MAPUCHE: unidentified Chilean dialect

45.

46. 47. 48. 49. 50.

aw

57.

58. 59. 60.

61

.1 62.

63

.T

64. 65. 66. 67.

68. 69.

70.

71.

72

. T

73. 74. 75.

76. 77. 78.

79.

80.

(Chile)

MASCO: Huachipairi (Amaracaeri) dialect (Peru)

Mascoy: Lengua dialect (Paraguay)

Mataco (Argentina; Bolivia; Paraguay)

Maya (Belize; Guatemala; Mexico)

Micmac (Canada)

MISKITO: Nicaraguan dialect duras; Nicaragua)

Mohawk (Canada; United States)

‘Motilon‘ (Venezuela)

Moxo: Trinitarios dialect (Bolivia; Brazil; Paraguay)

Navajo (United States)

OJIBWA (CHIPPEWA): Mississagi dialect (Canada)

OJIBWA (CHIPPEWA): Salteaux dialect (Canada; United States)

OJIBWA (CHIPPEWA): Woodlands dialect (Caimda; United States)

Otomi (Mexico)

Papiamento (Aruba; Bonaire; Curagao)

Piro (Peru)

QUECHUA: Unidentified Bolivian dialect (Bolivia)

QUECHUA: Cuzquefio dialect (Peru)

QUECHUA: Unidentified Ecuadorian dialect (Ecuador)

Quiché (Mexico; Guatemala)

Salish. Puget Sound (United States)

Shoshoni (Shoshone) (United States)

SHUARA (JIVARO): Aguaruna dialect (Pcru)

Sirioné (Bolivia)

Sranan (Sranan-Tongo; Taki—Taki) (Suriname)

SUMO: ‘Musawas’ dialect (Honduras; Nicaragua)

SUMO: Twahka dialect (Nicaragua)

‘Tacana‘ (Bolivia; Peru)

Tahana (Alaska)

TANANA: Tanacross dialect (Alaska)

TEWA: Santa Clara Pueblo dialect ( United States)

Tlingit (Alaska; Canada)

Toba (Argemina)

Tucuna (Ticuna) (Brazil; Colombia; Peru)

TUPI: Chiriguano (ChahUanco) dialect (Argentina; Bolivia)

TUPI: Guarani dialect (Argentina; Brazil; Paraguay)

(Hon Surinamese;

[Page 853]BAHA‘I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY 853

81. TUPI: Guarayt’l dialect (Bolivia)

82. Yagua (Brazil; Colombia; Peru)

83. Yaqui (Mexico; United Stan's)

84. Yaruro (Venezuela)

85. ”r ‘Yukpa‘ (Colombia; Venezuela)

86. YUPIK. Central Alaskan: Kuskokwim

dialect (Alaska)

87. YUPIK. Central Alaskan: Yuk dialect (Alaska)

88. Zamucoan. Northern (Ayoré, Ayoreo) (Bolivia; Paraguay)

89. Zapotec: dialect of Mitla (Mexico)

IMPROVED TRANSLATIONS (1)

1. ZAPOTEC: dialect of Mitla. Tlacolula district (Mexico)

Naréi nacéi testigw. Oh Xtioze, de que Luj bazalaajslu naréi te gumbee Luj ne ganelaazéi Luj. Naréi nacéi testigw naa impoténs xtena ne xpoderlu, xquel probe ne xquel nazaa‘clu. Xeti ru ste Dios més que Luj, ni racnee nen peligr, ni yu la gac por laani.

ADDITIONAL TEXTS (NOT PREVIOUSLY PUBLISHED IN THE Bahá’í WORLD) (42)

1.

AMUZGO (Mexico)

Moo testigo cu lue naa sa vee niy y Niy vee, ti

Ja ndl’aa, uu Totzén, uu sinéje cuéna chi cuané’nguu ndo ndza nangngjé uu. Ja bané’ng xhingbé xhejatakinjéja ndéuu téung nanjéuu, ja tsé’an ndia’ja ndu uutéuu. Ténang cuichi Totzén chiuu, uunang mati’ndl’ xhi’nabén cuinang donté, uunang manchi’ncu nchuba ma’n.

2. CHINANTEC: dialect of Ayotzintepec. Tuxtepec district (Mexico)

Nah lan testigo, quian Dio, Ne me cuahnah ma leh quiun Ne, ma leh nanNe.

Nah fant judzo na ga jiuh sachabe cha quien Ne cha poder quia, nah fiian ne la‘da jeu qui la je. Sa Chan fiia Dio més que Ne, siempre me ayudar 1a man go quiente, Ne Chan fiian.

3. CHINANTEC: dialect of Valle Nacional. Tuxtepec district (Mexico)

Ning testigo, nin. Difi yha ning ca quianiug comoni calawni canognin. Nin a nog gio moy lala calajig y juini y tifieni. Ya sha sia DiL’l ja nin va sha n0 chio may lay sha mog chiu guia cufiia.

4. CHINANTEC: dialect of Mano Marquéz, Tuxtepec district (Mexico)

Laa testigo, Oh Diu quia. de que Niy ca mi chaa ni jun ruguhe Niy jun mooni adorar Niy.

fieni y Niy chi quia. Tza chaa y ja Diu mas ja Niy ba, tza mi ay jay y hue, tza ca 1a chaa cu iho.

5. CHINANTEC:l dialect of Usila (Mexico)

NiahgZS Saihg15 Neigh35 Hauz La3, Neith' Jon‘dai‘ Guianh”, Guieh' Neighs Ajuhg25 Niahg35 Ca‘caZ La' Jonhg3 Li' Jm4 Néihg5 Il Ma2 Congh'. Sainhg3 Neihg35 Ti' La2 Sa1 quagh3 1' Juhg3 NeithS, Ti' Neihg3 Il Lang25 Neighzs. Sion35 Jon4dai' Asainhg5 Siah’s Neigh3 Paz, Ama2 0n3 Chie35 Il Lahgz. Asiahg45 Con3 Juahg2 Niahg“.

6. COCOPA (United States)

Na’ch mat pay pach fiawe wich oyach, O’ Ma1quayak, mapuch nap fiem sa‘ch fiemuyach muyach mesquap. Nem meech fiach mechkeefiap mapill nap fiawe yew kich p’warr pin map nap fiawey, yew quax”chelpin napuch mu yax. Malquayak pa’as yow low-waym-lax ushet nemam fiem ma’k, fiaway kam lay Malquayak pich ushet nemam gupeck efiamcha.

' The numerals are a guide to pronuncimion, differentiating between the five possible tunes for czlch word.

[Page 854]854

7. CREOLE, LESSER ANTILLES: D0minican dialect (Dominica)

Mwen sé témwen’w, Bondyé mwen, ki Ou fé mwen pou konnét Ou épi adowé’w.

Mwen ka testifyé, atjwélman, ki mwen féb ek Ou f6). ki mwen pOV épi Ou wich.

I pa ni dét Bondyé ki’w, ki ka endé nou en denjé, ki sa viv pa ké’w yonn.

8. CREOLE, LESSER ANTILLES: Guadaloupéen dialect (Guadeloupe)

O Bondyé, mwen ka témwagné Ou mété mwen asi laté pou mwen konnét on 6 pou mwen adoré’w. Mwen ka testé con ié la fés en mwen pa ka bédé ta’w, sa mwen tini pa ayen koté sa ou tini.

Ou se’ sél Bondyé qui tini. sé Ou ki ka pbté soukou adan tout’ danjé, sé Ou ki ka doubout asi pwa a ké’w menm.

9. CREOLE, LESSER ANTILLES: Martiniquais dialect (Martinique)

Bondyé 0, man ka témwagné Ou mété mwen asou laté, pou man pé sa konnét ou é pou man pé sa adoré’w. Man ka testé tou kon man la a, fbs mwen pa ka bbdé bf) ta’w. sa man ni pa ayen koté sa ou ni.

Ou sé sél Bondyé ki ni, W0u_ki ka pété soukou adan tout’ danjé, Wou ki ka doubout asou pwa ké’w menm.

THE Bahá’í WORLD

10. CREOLE. LESSER ANTILLES: St. Lucian dialect (‘Patois’) (St. Lucia)

Mwen ka sémanté, mon Dié, komkwé Ou fé mwen pou konét Ou épi adowé Ou.

Mwen ka téstifié atjwélman komkwé mwen féb épi 56 Cu ki ni tout fbs évéc pouvwa, mwen pév épi tout wishés 56 53 Cu.

La pa ni piés dét Dié apa di On, On ki ka pbté soukou an tout danjé, Ou ka éksisté pa KOw Tousel.

11. CUICATEC (Mexico)

U testigo yami Dios nyi tachi did u nae trichi di y di adorar.

Atestiguo di mnifio ama impotencia did‘ ama poder, u pobre u tedy riqueza. Uté ama Dios amandy diivo did ayudar nae ama peligro, chi ama nuy yi idifias.

12. HUAVE (Mexico)

Shic testigo, oh sha Dios, de que Ik teran shic para mayaj embés y nataj adorarte. De nataj atestiguar canacu sha impotencia y mi poder, sha pobreza y mi tomieun. Ngo majleik a lo nap Dios més que Ik, el que ataj ayudar ush ajhik peligro, nhu que subsiste por nhowey ano.

13. INUIT: Barren Grounds dialect (Eastern Arctic Syllabics) (Canada)

[><‘L.

‘bDPfl‘r’V‘b C<r‘|_ Jfl< Lumr.1><r’LL°‘L A‘Fa-I'

‘bDPL‘d<_1¢r 3 WQAP‘J<JU‘J.

JPHU‘H9‘LJ LQJ"c A‘Jcr‘b‘f‘o‘Lc" C<rJL ACJ¢§5¢~L3<' <3 "ga-Ho‘a <1h \JAo-‘J‘.

<lr”~u-h JflC‘Q‘Pg“ ALA‘ Pr’A‘, Ab<J°C>'7‘f‘<‘ba-<fla-‘ Ar‘a" «unvar‘.

14. MAZATEC: dialect of San Antonio Eloxochitlz’m (Mexico)

Nga’éna testigo, Nainé na, ngéji tziguindz’ma nga ske xhkonla kongé kotzaquela. Koxhia ndikondi tzina ngafio kongaje tieli, nimé tina k0 ngajiini nié kuyjié. Tidzi ijngé sani Nainé tanga jiene, jera basiko yéinda ché, jera tijé ta jngé tinéni.

15. MIXE: dialect of Mixe district (Mexico)

Hts nundenéby‘. utsen Dios. ku Mets xhacéjy‘ nexhcépet us nzo’ky—ut. Chamsnundein cham kat Hts mugajten muda exh tam Mets muku. Hts ayéb us Mets am—uk tixh miede. Kat jadfik Dios tenn xhtan Mets,

Mets xhpu‘déque k0 ayén yakpéyk, Mets naylik kajudl’lk ten pun budékik.

16. MIXE: dialect of Zacatal. Juchitan district (Mexico)

Nafumbyech, udxen Dios. kich Midx udx tuxhkyumixh nixh a dampy‘ y huingudzuguhuz’lmpy‘.

Nafumbyech jadunéjta kudxu muk ngayapéky’ y Midx je tukyzl muk y muj, ayobudx fiapéyk y Midx mayéj myapziyk. Caba Dios ji huinpa yajpéyk més que Midx, pun pubedup mané jiandxkyen miajayfia. pun ti kayamayéljp.

[Page 855]BAHA‘I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

17. MIXTEC: dialect of San Antonio Huitepec. Zaachila district (Mexico)

Nd'thu gachi, nah Dios, ye datuu nufiahu junufiahé te Chinafiahe.

Ndihu ncachi, ntihu vinna, ye yehu te ndahbe ndiu.

Atu nga Dios yee chindiaha ichi ridiuh, yoho chintecu mediu.

18. MIXTEC: dialect of San Miguel Piedras, Nochistlén district (Mexico)

Sfihu testigiie, 0h Dius sue, de que Yéhéni déhontahuénisue para ninifiéhasue y adorarte.

Atestl’gfiesue nabifihu cofiénda due’uesue y Yého téécu, yecondéhabisue y yecocuicao.

At1’1 uenca fillan Dius duebueniyého, Duebueni-meo chintefiaho nédacé-nundého, El Que medini yého ndécu.

19. MIXTEC ‘de la Cafiada’: dialect of San ' Juan Coatzaspam, Teotitlzin del Camino (Mexico)

Shufi testigfi, ifia Shuvacé, 6 din tashiin-co nushndl’ detecue quinifio y diocoé. Shufi ne testigfi vevi e do cam’m de cadencube, shufi ne ndaviu y din ne canu. Natif thsucfi Shuvacé e (11’ ca canufié e diin, din ne canadan-cé mi dun shuvia. din e cadacuve mi1’.

20. MIXTEC ‘DE LA COSTA”: dialect of Pinotepa Nacional, Jamiltepec district (Mexico)

Yflu testigu, yéo Dié, bati Yoho sacuzi nuchi chébana ndacétechun taba cfiniyuchun. Sacétechun 1’ a hora bati yl’lu hii ta Yoho ca’nu cugfim, yfiu ndébiyu ta Yoho dii cha iochun. Niéni inga Dié taba Yoho, ratinde nu peligru, taba Yoho ingtfi’u méun.

21. MIXTEC ‘DE LA MIXTECA ALTA‘: dialect of Yosondfia, Tlaxiaco district (Mexico)

Cuna testigu, Yandios. ja ni sa’rarl’lu fiama na nanacuniri R06 ti sari adorar R60.

Rfiu sari testigu bijnar'u’l’ni rliu tu’iyo potenciari ti R60 chi’l’yo, rfiu ndéuri ti R60 ricura. Tu’fyo inga Yandios ja R60, macujasa’a ayudar nu peligru, macujasé’a subsistir 51am.

855

22. MIXTEC ‘DE LA MIXTECA BAJA‘: dialect of Santa Inés del Rio. Nochistlz’m district (Mexico)

Méni yicuni testigo, oh Yandioxhié, meni xhebafiié ja xhifiifiéani ja cuinifiani. Xhedecuendafié’ana nicu bidna acu jadafié’ana ja cu tenu, dxicu jandé’bina zhi cuni cé‘nu. Atiu ina Yandioxhe maca jamén, te taxhi ayuda nicu peligru, yicuni valimeni.

23. MOCOVi (Argentina)

Jayim lagataxanaxanec fii Dios hua nagui que jayim vi’ichi’ fiachalataxaq que ya’yi’ifiite’ que qami sashila’.

Paraque jayim racataxanaxanqui’ nagui quenataxa’ que ra iqalaxa chaqai requesaxanxai da yoxoric chaqai raresallaxai.

Qaica ca lya Dios que que qami napacaleq.

Qami yotavafii que na elchiqo’.

Qami qaica Vifiire’a.

24. OTOMI: dialect of Amealco (Mexico)

T’u sadi mahyoni.

Da handi, gue a jug gue go ga tegagui njabu dg pa’i da ma’i di ma nubia ma ts’edi y ri ts‘edi, ma nhyoya ne ri ndunthi nhyo, jo’o ma né ra zi dada ngu’i ngue’a gui faxte ja ya fianthi, (0’0 dime sehe.

25. SARAMACCAN (Suriname)

Mi ta djula mi Gaan Gadu, taa Ju mbei mi fu sabi Ju. noo da 1 gaandi. Awaa mi ta konda taa me a kaakiti, I a taki a hii sembe liba, mi ta pena, noo I a gudu. Na wan kodo Gadu de boiti Ju, di Hepi—Man a fuka; di Seepi-KiiaWan.

26. THOMPSON (lea7képmxtsin) (Cana(la)

As kw‘éfisna ta ts‘l’ya wus ha7 szaytn, Olh xa7 1h Kwfikwpi7 lhn slgzits‘zzfl, éwi7 ta7s ha7w1’s tsutsémxw. A 217 s-hakstsin as tsuténa ta tsfya wus aslhlg‘emtayp pilagentsfit kn ($721th 2iwi7 ta témas té7a han szungfigwt, ta ts‘iya wus ha skwankwént ta tékmfis ha7 szugwzugwt. _

T5wi7 ta7 xwflytsu7h—kwfikwpi7 tlu7 tsukw ha7w1’, ta Sknfivaatip, tatgi7a sentsulgwmina ta7 wa7éx t1u7 tsukw ha7wi.

[Page 856]856

27. TOTONAC (Mexico)

Qui lakatin, oh qui Dios. wish qui malakastaknita la qui nak lakapazan chu nak lakachiscuhuiyan. Qui lakatin chiyé qui nitu lipawan chu mi li liguaka, qui litamaxcat chu mi 1i langa.

Nitu tanu Dios mas qui wish, ticu mactayanan nicu we tapikwa chu saxtu tamactayi.

28. TZELTAL (Mexico)

Joon Testigo, Oh chultatic, jalat 1a coleson yuun yaj navat a va soc yash ochat ta cotan. Joon testigo viti ayoti, joon mayuc yhipal y jahat yhipala] mayuc Vin hay cuun y jalat a culejal. Mayuc yan chultatic, ja nash jahat, jhaat sha coltayotic Vin ayotic ta gocol.

29. ZAPOTEC: dialect of Betaza. Alta district (Mexico)

Villa

Dzonlilédxa, Dios tsié, Lué béno yelz’la man tsié nz’ia gombié Lué en goxhenlédxa Lué. Dzeyo’mbia néateque yela nexhj’ tsié en yela hual Tsié, yela yaché tsié en yela uniéa Tsic’).

Notné zuz’idze yeto Dios zeléuze Lué, Bne dzacléno yogoté da mal, Bene notné ziédxlo.

30. ZAPOTEC: (Mexico)

Naré na testigo, 0h Dadvid xhtena, de que Lifi bénu na par gumbé Lil’l ne par guna adorar Lili.

Naré runa atestiguar, nangaré, impotens xhtena ne poder xhtenu, hgal prob xhtena ne hgal ricu xhtenu.

Cut stubi Dadvid més que Lid, ni racne bel yu peligr, ni run subsistir por léizbu.

dialect of Lachigoléo

31. ZAPOTEC: dialect of San Juan Tagui, Villa Alta district (Mexico)

Nedi zué teétigo, 0h Dios quié, de que Lué

bzénilo nedi para gumbeé Lué len para yéqueda Lué. Nedi naca atestiguar nénteca be dié valor len Lué népalu poder, naca bayechi len Lué dié quié. Be zué itu Dios més que Lué, laga rungue yudare 10 yago neza, bene narungue subsistir tuhuelase.

THE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

32. ZAPOTEC: dialect of Tlalixtac (Mexico)

Na néi testigo, 0h Dadvid xhtena, de que Li dziu na par gumbéi Li ne guna adorar Li. Na runa atestiguar angz’i dé’o Chita na néi impotént ne Li néu poderés, na néi prob ne Li néu ricu.

Cachi stub Dadvid masru que Li. m’i racne lo tuv peligr, nii yl’lu por lé’azi mi.

33. ZAPOTEC ‘DEL ISTMO‘: dialect of Tehuantepec and Juchitz’m districts (Mexico)

Naacé testigu, sti Diuxhi, Xhilé Lii bisinisilu naa para gunebiaya Lii ne para gana xhiee Lii. Naa rune testiguar nagasii impotencia stinee ne poder stilu, enda pobre stinee ne riqueza stilu. Géstiru sti Diuxhi casi Lii. ni raca nee lu peligru, ni ribénii pur lacalaa.

34. ZAPOTEC ‘DEL SUR’: dialect of P0chutla district (Mexico)

Na nac testig, Dios Iona, de que Luu mbli crear na para yolén Luu ne yolazna Luu. Na nac testig naya quienta fuers ne Luu ten poder, na nac pobr ne Luu nac ric. Nquienta tib Dios més que Luu, parli ayudar el yati, parli tzite lecaler.

35. ZAPOTEC “DEL SUR’: dialect of San Pedro Mixtepec. Miahuatlz’m district (Mexico)

Na nac testigw, 0h Xtios na, ne Luu bzaana par gumbei na Luu ne gantzi na Luu. Rneli na merni nahor por ne lepna ne xpoderlu, xquiel probna ne xquiel riclu. Guiende sti Dios més que Luu, mene run yudar lo guielnze’b, mene mban por lee me.

36. ZAPOTEC ‘DEL SUR‘: dialect of San Vicente Cuatlz’m, Ejutla district (Mexico)

Nac testig, 0h Dios na, de que Luu mazé’ana para yagundona Luu y ya’anquiéna Luu. Nac testig gornat impoténs tenna y poder tenluu, noguielzfj tenna y ric tenluu. Né’an stub Dios més que Luu, nana dacnc’) ndo guieluzhéb, dub men ndxo por labé’tsa.

[Page 857]BAHA‘I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

37. ZAPOTEC “DE LA SIERRA”: dialect Of Ixtlzin district (Mexico)

Nca testigo, Dios qui. de que Lu bedo neti que ni gumbia Lu Ian catsite Lu. Ca seguro nate impotencia qui lan poder co, pobreza qui Ian riqueza co. Anuru atu Dios més que Lu, beni rum culani Ian peligru. beni d0 lanye mismu.

38. ZAPOTEC “DE LA SIERRA‘: dialect of San Bartolomé Zoogocho. Villa Alta district (Mexico)

Naca testigo, 0h Dios dxié. de que Re beno nedé yelambén par gfimbiare na gécdare. Nedé gunzi atestiguar nétguenaa impotencia dxié na poder chu, yela yaxhe dxié na yela uniai chu. Bi zué yetu Dios més que Re, bene dxacrén lu peligro, bene zuécse por leze.

39. ZAPOTEC ‘DE LA SIERRA’: dialect of Villa Hidalgo. Villa Alta district (Mexico)

Nada naca testigo, Dios quié. de que Rué benné gubiaré Rué na xhieré Rué. Zué testigo nastque porbihué quié na ra’da naclazhnal’l, ye] yach quié na yel uniaco. Bi zu itl’l Dios ka Rué. ben xhacrén nau yel zhazheiréu. ben zhazué turase.

857

40. ZAPOTEC ‘DEL VALLE’: dialect of San Baltazar Chichicapan. Ocotlén

district (Mexico)

Naan taschigu. oh Schiosa, de que Yl’ banilu guelnaba’z’m par dxunbuén Yl’ ne gan tzin Y1’. Nzi’a runz’m probi ne Y1’ nal ricu. Ay stubi Chiosa més que Yi, nin runi ayuda chinmi tuvi de mala, nin naba'én tusifii.

41. ZAPOTEC ‘DEL VALLE‘: dialect of San Mateo Mixtepec. Zimatlzin District (Mexico)

Naca testigo, Diusié. de que Lé‘u uléquiu lé’a te ne che yoléa Lé’u nu zaca Lé’u. Naca testigo haaré que milea nendaa nu Lé’u huachu, nu naca vene letsf nu Lé’u nacu vene zhene. Laca stucui Diuse mas que Lé‘u, lee quiecu n’u ayuda nu peligro. lee quiecu nzuu lagzi quit] stucui.

42. ZOQUE (Mexico)

Desh enn nempa. 0h vi denn Dios. que Mish yake tzekque pa Mishenn izhspekpa y Mishenn teehpa. Enn nempa que enn ye jhaama desthenn peehpa vim amkino’cuy, vi deen pobreza y vim jahamatinn. Nennti hehéa Dios mils que Mish. el que ayutzekpa enn tum peligru. el que gejhpéa por ney cuenta.

C. ASIA

• Denotes revised translation.

1‘ Efforts to obtain exact idcnliliculiun continua.

PUBLISHED IN PREVIOUS VOLUMES (90)

. % ‘Agta' (Philippines)

. T ‘Agusanon (Agusun)' (Philippines)

Aklanon (Philippines)

. T ‘Antiquefio’ (Philippines)

. '1 ‘Apzlyao‘ (Philippines)

Arabic

Armenian

Azerbaijani (Azeri) (irdn, Soviet Azerbuijan)

BAGOBOZ Gianga (Philippines)

10. Bajau (Badjao) (Borneo; Celebcs; Sulu

Archipelago)

Bengali (Bangladcxh; India)

BENGALI: Assamese dialect (Northeast India)

ms¢wAw_\o

(Guianga) dialect

11. 12.

13. BIHARI: Bhojpuri dialect (India)

14. Bikol (Bicol) (Philippines)

15. Bilaan (Philippines)

16. Bisaya (Sarawak; Borneo; Brunei)

17. Bukidnon (Philippines)

18. Burmese (Burma; Bangladesh)

19. Chinese

20. Cuyunon (Philippines)

21. ' ‘Dangi’ (India)

22. DAYAK. LAND (BIDAYUH): Bau dialect (Sarawak)

23. DAYAK. LAND (BIDAYUH): Bukar Sadong (Tebakang) dialect (Sarawak; Borneo)

24. Dayak. Sea (Iban) (Sarawak; Borneo)

25. Gaddang (Philippines)

.1.

[Page 858]858

26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31.

32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41.

42.

43. 44. 45.

46.

47

THE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

Garhwali (India)

GONDI: Bethul dialect (India)

Gujarati (India; Pakistan)

Hebrew

Hindi (India)

HINDI. EASTERN: Chhattisgarhi dialect (India; Nepal)

Ilocano (Philippinex)

Ilonggo (Hiligaynon) (Philippines)

Jahai (Malaysia; Thailand)

Jakun (Malaysia)

Japanese

Kalinga (Kalingga) (Philippines)

Kannada (Kanarese) (India)

Kashmiri (India; Pakistan)

Kayzm (Borneo; Sarawak) Khalkhu (Mongolian) (Cyrillic script) (Mongolia; China; Tibet; U.S.S.R.) Khmer (Cambodian) (KampuC/zeu; Thailand; Vietnam; 0! (11.)

Korean (China; Japan; Korea)

Kui (Khondi) (India)

Kumauni (Koumani; Kumaoni) (India; Nepal)

Kurdish (Afghanistan; Armenian S.S.R.; irtin; ‘lrdq; Syria; Turkey)

. T ‘Lambadi’ (India) 48. 49. 50.

52.

53.

.1.

54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60.

L210 (Laotian) (Laos; Thailand; er al.)

Malay (Malaysia; Indonesia)

Malayalam (India, including Laccudive Islands)

Maldivian (Divehi Bas) (Divehi script) (Maldives; Minicoy Island)

Maldivian (Divehi Bas) (Latin script) (Maldives; Minicoy Island)

‘ ‘Manobo‘ (Philippines)

Marathi (India)

MELANAU: Mukah dialect (Sarawak) MELANAU: Oya/Dalat dialect (Sarawak) Nepali (Nepalese) (Nepal; Sikkim) Oriya (India)

ORIYA: Halbi (Halabi) dialect (India) Palawanon (Philippines)

61. 62.

63.

64. 65.

66. 67.

68.

69. 70. 71.

72.

73.

74. 75. 76.

77. 78. 79.

80. 81. 82. 83.

84.

85 86

87. 88.

89. 90.

Pangasinan (Philippines)

Punjabi (Punjabi) (Gurmukhi script) (India; Pakistan)

Punjabi (Punjabi) (Persian script) (India: Pakistan)

Pulu (‘Mangyanpula’) (Philippines)

Portuguese. Malacca Creole (Papia Kristang) (Malaysia)

RAJASTHANI (India; Pakistan)

RAJASTHANI: Gujuri dialect (India; Pakistan) Rujasthani: Marwari dialect (India; Pakistan)

Sumal (Samzll Bahasa) (Philippines)

Sanskrit (India)

Sebuano (Cebuano; Visayan) (Philippines)

Senoi: Semai (Central Sakai) (Malaysia; Indonesia)

Scnoi: Temiar (Northern Sakai) (Malaysia)

Sindhi (India; Pakistan)

Sinhalese (Sinhala) (Sri Lmzka)

Tagalog (Filipino, Filipino) pines)

Tzlgbanua (Philippines)

Tamil (India; Malaysia; Sri Lanka)

Taw Sug (Joloano Sulu) (Philippines; Borneo)

Telugu (India)

Temuan (Malaysia)

Thai (Thailand)

(Philip TIBETAN, CENTRAL (BHOTIA): Lhasa (Dbus) dialect (Tibet; India) Tiruray (Philippines) . 1L ‘Tripuri (Kok-Borok)’ (India) . * Tulu (India) Turkish Turkmen (Turkoman) (Afghanistan;

irdn; Turkmen S. S. R. )

Vietnamese (Indochina)

Walray (Samar-Leyte; Samarefio; Waraywaray) (Philippines)

[Page 859]BAHA‘I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

859

ADDITIONAL TEXTS (NOT PREVIOUSLY PUBLISHED IN THE Bahá’í WORLD) (21)

1. BALUCHI (Baluchistani and elsewhere)

6:,ij )5 _L\su.1..‘_3‘ _;,__,_‘-Jg_s.ml:.¢u

I

3%

=23 LLJ—e b—J a 26442-4 :‘WT

551l3é5’3163bLy1)- b—mé‘f(.5ij onj‘qulfUYEJ‘de-J

«L_ugf N-oa-‘JNME- to“: ”Km; 3‘

- » :-. . . .2’ ffiJ )W‘f‘ yw‘ 0.; ‘bcg J-JU“

2. BIHARI: Nagpuri dialect (‘Nagapuria‘) (India)

aw wars fiafian. 2 am éiert, f$ Fifi am ans? Phi 32mm 221% a 612: 31$ fiat 33E? €182 3H 2‘ in am wfinfiaat 31m r'hI mfmaar, ma afiim mat an; Imam est 113$ itL mi; 31:37 2% mm m am 31%“. Fh‘a‘ mfaa HR ii Haw, mam:

3. BRAHUI (‘Brohi’) irdn;

A fghanistan)

“-2“? am {Ugré JD '4

(Pakistan;

gag). LLLJéU; 6.3 L2§=J ”6’36”de

{2531‘ Leah» ‘w‘weif use {LSdJ‘Jégb : dJJJJ [kJJU’W La; ‘6m LuJ‘LEh—dlhf‘u

5W U561)“ 4:96»: 945 MEJL: L’ J

.9?! ”+3 4. T ‘CHIN' (Burma; India)

0 Topa Ka Pathian, Nangsia, Nangma honghe thei tu a kei hong vawtpa na hi sia a pha tak in katel hi. Katha zawnna te ah Nang

—¢=’»-‘

thahatna kong suang a, kazawnna te ah Nang hauna kong suang hi. Pathian a dang 0m ngawl a Nangbek na hi a, a kiting tawntung Honghu tawntungpa na hi hi.

5. HANUNOO (Hanunéo script) (Philippines)

6. HANUNOO (Latin script) (Philippines)

Aka ay sumaksi O Diyos niko, na mm W 2/ % WH¢VWX 7f ako ay Kanmo linalang para Kawo ay kila-V Vfiwvflyf l/é/Wf Zr; y/g/M/y lahon kag sambahon. Pinatunayan niko wry- 7; 71/7 ¢i/M/Mfl/ 5a mga tay nguna inda pagudas kangko unr hz/fl/u )f‘]/ 2/2 %’7’y/’}£ J man may» .a_aangyarihan sa kanmo kayamanmn. y 2w 6722222 7/, W} (/7777/ Unman may ibe Pe.nginccn maliba sa kanmo {2/ V 1/// wmzzflzvifl fiMZ)’

na Kawo timagtulons sa tanan Inga mada WV’WAJz/(W’l/y 7? W72” VV‘QX/

la Rag unman maykatapusan.

@/ 3 2* Ww/ez/a

[Page 860]860 7. KURUKH (Oraon, ‘Kudukh’) (India)

11-3 W f’fié'aa, a £16? aéu. tar fima mam am fifié‘ am am 6% q'sm maul qa é 361 a‘nan am new am fin? 853T «1 a‘rfilm amen 51am

THE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

11. MENTAWEI (Mentawei Islands)

AKU SEGE AKE OI UKKUIKU, EKEU LE PASITEU AKE BARADJATNIA TUBUKU. KALULUNIA AKU JAGAI KATUBUM, SAMBA PANINDOU KATUBUM. AKU SEGE AKE KINENEIGET TA MARONNAN TUBUKU, EKEU LE SIMAKOPE SIMARON. SAMBA TA MAGEGE AKU EKEU LE SI MAKOPE GEGE. SAMBA SIMAGEBA AKU EKEU LE SIMAKOPE KAJO. TA U

WU (.5153 3537f 5; m 3153” a W 5353" BAGAI TAIKAMANUA ELE EKEU SIMAKOPE AGAI

film: am am a g 36?: new, shah am awé‘fcs i; agar, amt «1 amp

8. LEPCHA (Bhutan; Nepal; Sikkim)

SANGAMBERI, SAMBA SIPURIO KA TEUBAGANIA.

12. T ‘MIAO’ Thailand)

(Hmong; Meo) (Laos;

Kuv yug los ua neeg tsis paub tab. Vaj Tswv

(u) *1 03 63 95c 35/23 fag 1:) E) e! Koj tsawj tsim kuv los kom paub koj thiab

teev hawm koj. Kuv nyuam qhuav paub n0

85 {Co (29(1) (???Q) 50'?) afié‘ <85 g‘flfk tias. Kuv txoj kev [sis muaj hwj Chim fau koj

r’ ‘_ .. __ I;«S («296 E&EL {Gdfav* Exfats 1. A ..

- »- —— ~r a(E lgfig (co \EQdEC 1:255 35‘“ O 7!: a L 1.. ,1 ,: .1 /' ‘13 35a: squall fad CNUZ‘ ‘3)

r g .. fl, ,. ,. .. .. aéfira Y5? J35“; :57 qflw cc .1; a.

rfl‘o

5f) (1? 60d ac(15'gc55£z 346 @Cz, 3&6: «5525(0) «45) 6”“22 563 €136 ‘EJ 55?“?

9. MARATH]: Konkani dialect (Devanagari script) (India)

tavzrr éar ! gm 6mg E‘Ia‘fi’t am? gv‘fi gm W W ii ram féfqar§ tam gnu HER arm. {ta arm-gaa’r, at e: sm-af‘am

Eta rrfia, HI qr; aqu-firifir § at: am fauna?

m1?» fiat. é‘rfl wrfi €555sz mart f‘aarfi are? q. qfir am anah‘ gait aw Fff.

10. MARATHI: Konkani script) (India)

dialect (Latin

Mhojea Deva ! Tuka zannun gheuncho ani tuji puza korchi dekhun tuvem mhaka nirmila hem mhaka purai khobor asa. Hanv oskottdubllo tor Tum upatt-bollixtt. Hanv gorib tor Tum upatt-girest hem hanv hea khinnak manun ghetam.

Soimi ani sonkoxttant adar diupi oso Tum. Tujebogor anik dusro Dev na.

txoj kev muaj hwj chim, kub txoj kev pluag rau koj txoj kev muaj.

Tsis muaj tus Vaj Tswv Ntuj twg lawm tsuas yog koj wa, tus pab tau thaum ntsib kev piam sij thiab tus uas nyob taus tib leeg.

13. T‘ ONGOLIAN’

M 5 {‘9 i? s

\r

A i

M

II b M

MM<MWW

M&Wfi‘w

a I

Qt“ WW“N~”WL®

M WCMWM

chtuAM—IVHWWN‘M 39 .xmmwfixumm

KWWW wmw (<

W“ /‘&H

M

[Page 861]BAHA’I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

14. MUNDARI (India)

wmffnafl

Emmém , fimiafiafifimzamzmanm WhimmImfiafiafimw mmzwmqiflgfiafitmm imam:

WWW:§W§W,W§§

15. I MUNDARI (India) _

3 Pas-afir amss- fia mfiaT m FHS-W #1311 ?Hmfia: 3131a: Tfi‘afisar‘msrcrr I aTarzv’I, aza- FamaFaz. amt? m‘ém gfiqfih 333. fimafig amt? Wm flier: aquumm I «21% $33 afi‘Efi: 3m fifim’h 5+ aq-fiam‘éa 11W am é‘sTRF—I: am}. mafifi asafififi: I

16. T MUNDARI (India) i’ ??E-ai‘rn' anasc €13 WT m

fica-qX-‘Bm’ W Famf’aa: 9mm: 71-13133WT I ?Tazfi, ems. W133; mafia

fiwfi‘an

ams- ?'?Imf’az, an’cfi“ Wfi: ifia: HW- W l @131 fia? am: “Cm: W a“? aza-afi‘a. afiazfi‘fi'efi m W: W, avérfi W: I

17. PAMPANGAN (Philippines)

Patutuanan cu, O Guinu cu, Ica ing linalang canacu ba racang aquilala at samban. Patutuan cu caniting oras a iti, ing canacung que inan, at qng Quecang Cayupayan, qng canacung cacaluluan. at qng quecang pibandian.

Alang aliuan Dios nung e mu Ica, ing casaupan qng Pafiganib, ing alang angga.

861

18. PASHTO Pakistan)

. // . :. L-—~51dtu—p;6) arapfiéfidw gevazs)

(Pushtu) (Afghanistan;

) {Co'jrg}?

'r'z’LSYImA—uv ”a)(Sik’uD}; 3 0‘3)

1Ju" G’Lfgngl-Lwdféwv)gl-défiguwfig L91; 9 (1542:)» V905,“; oyyfluflgwfi ~*gsskiyfa [3M3 CMqu—U MAE. rs Q29“ 19. RAJASTHANI: Malvi dialect (India)

”3 ram mm, 91 1m ma $1 war gm‘ efi raI? mi mam xfit wit 113nm m ’s‘ 11%: mm rm 3 I fit war 5' :rIRIaIIé g' z a? inI mm fig :1} a}: am am mm afifi zI gwag mu; awataa I”

“va f‘ww m1 HIE wfifia‘t g, a gfiaa it Hart} é'fiwgza‘rwmav’

20. SANTALI (Oriya script) (India)

96.) qo em I Qéa QIQ sq: en 90, Q81 0 am: QIan c.1630 enq coca com gm em @1514; EHQIQEII I Q81 aqua: QIGQQIOI, am 0 elem meg: QIQI I Q1131 §éIQ GQGQG; eIIQ an oq ma €ng I

Q61 QQQGQ Q8 QIEI 6G I 81M 0 am GQGGIQ

cemé es en, @1531 Q aLeqq GQQICQ: 81! I Ella Qla 9199 Q81 620 Q 2192; 6 max 981 I

21. URDU (India; Pakistan) 51:5.)ng $15155 iwrérWfiP—Wéifl m ufiwfififd/megfi: fl/‘V'M’

(flyldflJJ‘WQUMU-P éflxgfiymufipu

41.544

/f‘1:}2,71;;3;

[Page 862]862

THE BAH/i‘l' WORLD

D. AUSTRALASIA AND THE PACIFIC ISLANDS

• Dcnotcs revised translation.

1' Efforts to obtain cxucl identification continue.

PUBLISHED IN PREVIOUS VOLUMES (31)

1. Baining (New Britain Island. Papua New Guinea)

2. Chamorro (Guam and other Mariana Islands)

3. Easter Island (Pascuense) (Easter Island)

4. T ‘Efate (Ef’dtese)w (Vammm)

5. Fijian (Fiji Islands)

6. Futuna (Futuna [Hoorn] Islands)

7. Gilbertese (Kiribati; Nauru; Ocean Island)

8. Hawaiian (Hawaiian Islands)

9. Kosraean (Kusaiean) (Eastern

Caroline Islands)

10. * KWENYI: Kapone dialect (‘Vaho‘) (New Caledonia)

11. Lau (Solomon Islands)

12. Lifu (Lifouan) (Loyalty Islands)

13. Maori, C00k151ands(Rarotongan) (Cook Islands)

14. Maori, New Zealand (New Zealand)

15. Marshallese (Marshall Islands)

16. ' MELE: Fila dialect (Ifira) (Fila and

Efare Islands. Vanuatu)

17. Mom, Hiri (Papua New Guinea)

18. Nengone (Maréen) (Loyalty Islands)

19. Pulauzm ( Western Caroline Islands; Guam)

20. Pidgin. New Hebrides (Bislama:

Bichelamare) (Vanuatu) Pidgin. NeO—Melanesizm (Papua New Guinea)

22. Ponapcan (Eastern Caroline [slands")

23. Rotuman (Roruma Island)

24. Samoan (Samoa; New Zealand)

25. Tahitian (Society Islands, 61 «1.)

26. TANNA: Nupuanmen (Weasisi. Whitesands) dialect (Tanna [5land, Vanuatu)

27. Tongan (Tonga Islands)

28. Trukcse (Eastern Caroline Islands)

29. Uripiv (Malckula Island. Vanuatu)

3(). Uvea. West (Ouvéan) (cha [slcmd, Loyalty Islands)

31. Yapese (Western Caroline Islands)

0 m

ADDITIONAL TEXTS (NOT PREVIOUSLY PUBLISHED IN THE Bahá’í WORLD) (12)

1. CHIMBU (KUMAN) (Papua New Guinea)

Na prekan erika, O Anetu, ene na beke yenga, i siragl pre, na ene singinkangin pre kangin ake—mitna imbo endenaglka pre. Na etne mengigl i dinongugl ending’ga. na yombra ta paikrum, ene yombuglo nem, n21 siragl ta kanekri. ene sigragl prapra nem.

Yomba singipngo tata moglkrim, ene suwara mot’nga, ene yomba akeple nem, ene siragl prawono nem yagl.

2. CHIMBU: Gumine (Golin) (Papua New Guinea)

0 na God, na i pilere, kanire te beten di iterama di erienga. Na malia wen di iteiwa. Na niminin ta milekiwa, i niminin go milinwa‘. Na

kalkun ta paina tekimua, i kal muru wen paitomua.

God ta ta milekimua, i teran wen milinwa. Talame Ugain ateral de erune i kenin erinwa. I ibal ta ta erionga milekinwa. i inin kaia mile paingal painwa.

3. ENGA: Laiap (Liapo) dialect (Papua New Guinea)

0 Kamogo God, nabame kinigi 1610. Embame naba wasii. nabame emba lao masatale lao wasii, nambame emba lao maso loma satale lao wasii.

Nabame idupa gii ogonya pudu kaliipi k0 minao katalo. Embae putakigi ogome naba kamepipi. Embamee naba iso katape, ebae 0a pii auu pipae dupa dipi. Yu tara upa pitakae

[Page 863]BAHA‘I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

God emba yalee mede nakalyamo—emba iki. embame naba pudupi, mana kooyape pilyo ogopa nisigi. Emba Kamogo God. medeme wasala nae. Emba me kataoka karege.

4. GADSUP (Papua New Guinea)

Maken tefinku. Teuti Goti. en teni uwandafi. Temi uwanda nai enau rotu te ena inde. Make wani teflnku. Maké eranda iyen ruke eni eraran mana tefinku. Maké teni eyen rukana cyan rukanami.

Byawa ena Goti wami eya 6 warn nami. Anda kim wana tiya-ya nom wanam mi. Wanana wana mi.

5. GERMAN, RABAUL CREOLE (Papua New Guinea; Australia)

I bezeugen, O mein Gott, Du has geshaffen mi fi erkennen ' du und fi beten zu du. I bezeugen in diese Moment mein Schwéiche und dein Mach. mein Armut und dein Reichtum. Is ni ein anders Gott, nur Du. de Helfer

-in Gefahr, dc Selbstbestehender.

6. ILIAURA: Eastern Aranda dialect (Austrulia)

The itelareme. ingarte atyenhe, unte yenge mpwareke thengenhe worshipemiletyenenge. He testifyirreme, lyete nhenhe. yenge weak, unte rlterrke nthurre. Yenge arrangkwe aneme, unte akngerre nthurre akerte.

Ingkarte arrpenhe anetyekenhe, unte nyente, unte helpemilintye akngerre, mtarntarelhintye akngerre.

7. ILIAURA: Western Aranda dialect (Australia)

Alte ngkenyele ngketyekerte, athe telereme ba tnekeme Ingkarte nwveke unte yengenhe mparekele ba ngkwenge urekwerrekintye ,netyeke. athe alpemileme lyarte nwekerenye tye kerlte nemenge ha kerlte ngwengenheke ire kngirre nemenge.

I ngkarte arrpenhe tye neme unte nymte ngirre. Unte tangetyele nenyetye kngirre arrpenhe kernhe tye.

8. LAMALANGA (NORTH PENTECOST; NORTH RAGA) (Vanuatu)

Nam bev masigi nogu, God, be gigo gon loliau be nav ilogo i nav tataro lalai nigo. La

863

mahavan velvele geki nam bev masigi la nogu mura mura riholhole 1a nom mura mura wasi. Imulei nam bevea be inau rosoku sigai take gigo rosoma ivusi.

God dolua nusigai take gigo. Gigo buluiana 101 taron lolovono, i mulei gigo gov togo dumi vataha mahavana ma gahema.

9. MANUBARA (MARIA) (Papua New Guinea)

NA HINA RA, AONE BAI NIBITA, NA HORAERE‘ IAIAL’ NA REBITA CAU DIBAREA MA IA NOUNA UMUDE HENIA REKE REBITA. NA NIBITA GUVA NA DOA MA IA GOADA IAU NA OGOGAMI NA [A KOHU ‘A‘.

HORAERE EBEI IDE, IAMA’A DURUA NONOA

BAIA, [NA M’A AIBO HORAERE.

10. PIDGIN, SOLOMON ISLANDS (Pijin) (Solomon Islands)

Mi talem tru. O God bilong mi, dat Iu nao i wokem mi f0 mi save long Iu, an mi prea long Iu. Long disfela taem mi talem tru, dat mi wik too mas an In nao i strong too mas, mi pua too mas an In i ris too mas.

No moa eni other God bat Iu; Iu save help long taem trabol hem kam, an In save duim evri samting an stap seleva.

11. SIANE: Arango dialect (Papua New Guinea)

Ne’mo hem’bo’ka lo’we, A‘nu’tu, he’mo ka’fo ne’mo li’e’fe lo’nen’da’ne, ho’lihu’mu’to mo’no lo hu'mu’nom’bo gu’nu. Ne’mo hem’bo’ka nem’ba lo’we o’ne‘sa aum’ba’ne mi'na’min‘do‘ya in’do he’mo aum’ba’ka ne. ne’mo in‘da’wa ho’na’mo’we he’mo’ko a’no’fa ho’na’ne. He’mo’ko A’nu’tu mi’na’ne ma mi’na’ma, ha’me’na no’sa’mim’bo ha’me’na hi’yam’ba nen’do’to in’do hei’mo’ka aum’ba’ka’lo mi’na’ne.

12. TUVALUAN (Tuvalu; er al.)

Au e fakamaoni atu toku Atua meia Koe ne faite ne ia au Ke iloa me an Koe k0 aku ke tapuaki ‘atu kite Koe.

Au 6 fakatalitonu atu ite taimi nei ona K0 toku vaivai fakatusa ki Tou malosi. K0 toku mativa fakatusa ki Tou maumea.. E seai aka foki se Atua na k0 Koe. Te fesosoani i mea faigata, Te la fua ia Ia.

[Page 864]864

THE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

E. EUROPE

• Dcnolcs rcviscd translation.

+ Efforts to obtain cxucl idcnliliczuion cnnlinuc.

PUBLISHED IN PREVIOUS VOLUMES (49)

1. Albanian

2. Arabic: Maltese dialect

3 BASQUE: Labourdin or Lower Navar rese dialect (France)

'4. * BASQUE: Guipuzcéan dialect (Spain)

5. Bielorussian (Byelorussian: White Russian)

6. Breton (Northwestern France)

7. Catalan (Andorra; Balearic France; Sardinia; Spain) .

8. Croatian (Serbocroatian, Latin script)

9. Czech

Is] an ([3 ;

10. Danish 1 1. Dutch 12. English

13. Estonian 14. Faroese

15. Finnish

16. French

17. * FRISIAN: West Frisian dialect (Frysk) (Nellzerlarzds)

l8. Gaelic. Irish (Erse; Irish)

19. Gaelic. Scottish

20. German

21. GERMAN: Alsatian dialect (France) ‘ 22. GERMAN: Luxembourgian dialect (Lux embourgisch) (Luxembourg) 23. Greek

24. Hungarian

25. Icelandic

26. T INUIT (INUPIAQ): ‘Greenlzmdic‘ dialect

27. Italian ’

28. ITALIAN: Corsican dialect

29. ITALIAN: Piedmontcse dialect

30. ITALIAN: Sardinian dialect

31. NORWEGIAN: Nynorsk (Landsmfil)

32. NORWEGIAN: Riksmz‘il (Bokmél)

33. Polish

34. Portuguese

35. Romanian

36. ROMANSCH: Upper Engadine (Puter) dialect (Switzerland)

37. Romany

38. ROMANY: Anglo-Romany dialect

39. ROMANY: Sinto dialect

40. Russian

41. SAME: Lulesamiska (Lule Lapp) (Swedish Arctic)

42. SAME: Nordsamiska (Northern Lapp)

43. SAME: Sydsamiska (Southern Lapp)

44. Slovak

4S. Slovene

46. Spanish

47. Swedish

48. Ukrainian

49. Welsh (Cymraeg)

ADDITIONAL TEXTS (NOT PREVIOUSLY PUBLISHED IN THE Bahá’í WORLD) (9)

1. BULGARIAN

”CBMACTCACTBYBaM'b o, I‘ocnogm Bomc M0171, tie Tu cn MC €1,34an 3a .aa TC nosnax n o6omaBaM'b. CBHACTCACTByBaM'b B'b T0314 MOMCHT'b 3a cson'ra CAaGOCTb u TBOfiTa MOIgb, 3a moma GCAHOCTB u TBoeTo BOI‘aTCTBO. H‘Ema ,Iprr'b Barb, ocnem; T666, 3a1gmnnmnm, I'IaanTe/xbn.“

2. FRIULIAN (‘Ladine-furlane’) eastern Italy; Switzerland)

(North

0 ffis testemoneance, 6 Diu gno, che Tu tu mi {is fat vivi par cognossiTi e adorfiTi. O pant in chest moment 1a mé debilece e 121 T6 potence, 1a mé puaretét e 121 T6 ricjece. N0 vin un altri Diu ffir di Te, Jutori tal Pericul, Cui Ch’al Esist di par Sé.

3. LADIN (Switzerland; Italy)

Eu sun perdfitta, 0 meis Dieu, cha Tii m’hast creel per At cugnuoscher e per T’adorar. Eu attest in quist mumaint mia deblezza e Tia pussanza. mia povertil e Tia richezza. I nu da ingfin oter Dieu arsalv Tai. Tii Chi gfidast in privel, TU chi consistast in Tai svessa.

4. PROVENCAL (OCCITAN): Languedocian (Lengadociana) dialect (France)

Pbrti testimbni, 6) mon Dieu. que m’as creat per Te conéisser e T’adorar. Atesti, a-naquesta ora. la meuna ilppoténcia e lo Teu poder, 1a meuna pauretzll e la Teuna riquesa.

[Page 865]BAHA‘I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

N’i a pas d’autre Dieu que Tu, L0 qu’ajuda dins lo perilh, L0 qu’existis per Se meteis.

5. PROVENCAL (OCCITAN): Limousin (Lemosina) dialect (France)

POrte testmonhatge, 6) mon Diu, que m’as creat per te coneisser e t’adorar. Acerte en queste moment 10 men despoder e 10 teu poder, la mia paubretat e la toa richesa.

Ni a pas d’autre Diu mas Tu, L0 que p(‘ma secors dins 10 dangier, 10 qu’existis per Eumesme.

6. PROVENCAL (OCCITAN): ‘Sarladaise’ dialect (France)

Pbrti testmonhatge, 6) mon Diu, que m’as creat per te coneisser e t’adorar. Acert en aqueste moment mon despoder 6 ton poder, ma pauretat e ta richesa.

Ni a pas d’autre Diu mas Tu, lo que pbrta secors (ajuda) dins 10 dangiér, lo qu’existl’s per El-mesme.

7. ROMANIAN: Moldavian dialect (Cyrillic script)

Ey CyHT MapTopyA, floaMHe flyMHcacyAc, K9 Ty M’afi eraT neH-rpy a TC KyHoamTe um 21 16 106“. By peKyHocx 511-1 aqecr MOMCHT Henymnga ml um ny'repa Ta, capaqna Mfl um 6oragna Ta.

Hy exancra aAT ,ZlyMHeaey acpaps m3 TKHC.

865 8. ROMANSCH: Sursilvan dialect

Jeu dun perdetga, 0 min Diu, Che Ti has creau mei per renconuscher Tei e per adurar Tei.

Jeu attestel en quel mument mia fleivlezia e Tia pussonza, mia paupradad e Tia yihezia. Ei dat negin auter Diu dano Tei, i1 qua] gida el prighel, il qual subsista en sesez.

9. SERBIAN (Serbo-Croatian, Cyrillic script)

Ja cc I/ICI‘IOBCAaM, O Focnoge, Moj Home! ,ZIa CH MC Tn CTBopno, Aa 6nx Te noanao Id 060>KaBao Te. Ja KCHOBCAaM y OBOM TpCHyTKy CBojy CAa60CT n TBojy M011, CBoje cupomam‘rBo n TBoje BoraTCTBO. HeMa Bora BaH T666, 3amTVITHHKa, Jegmnocymnora!

F. INVENTED LANGUAGES

PUBLISHED IN PREVIOUS VOLUMES (2)

1. Esperanto

2. Interlingqa

G. MISCELLANEOUS 1. English Braille

[Page 866]866 THE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

8. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ENGLISH LANGUAGE WORKS ON THE BAHA’l FAITH: SELECTIONS

Compiled by William P. Collins Bahá’í World Centre Library

INTRODUCTION

A NUMBER of attempts have been made to compile a bibliographic record of Bahá’í literature and published references to the Bahá’í Faith. Of particular interest are the entries in the ‘Bahá’í Bibliography” section in successive volumes of The Bahá’í World from volume I, 1925—1926 (called The Bahá’í Year Book), through volume XVI, 1973—1976. Volume XVII, 1976—1979, of that reference work included valuable contributions by Robert Cadwalader and Maureen Thur, to whom the present bibliographer owes a debt of gratitude for the preliminary work.

The bibliography section of this volume of The Bahá’í World includes: published English language books and pamphlets containing translations of works by or passages from the Writings of Bahá’u’lláh, the Báb and ‘Abdu’l-Bahá; works of Shoghi Effendi and the Universal House of Justice; and a selection of other major works about the Bahá’í Faith. These comprise sections I—VI and portions of section VII of a more comprehensive bibliography of literature on the Bahá’í Faith in English, on which the compiler is currently working, and which will shortly be published in full with annotations by the Bahá’í Publishing Trust of the United States. A number of sections of the complete bibliography have not been included here, such as Braille materials, periodicals, works containing reference to the Faith, and articles.

Entries in parts I—VI are arranged alphabetically by title. Entries in part VII are arranged alphabetically by author’s last name where one is known or specifically mentioned in the publication. If no author is known, the item is entered alphabetically under title, ignoring initial articles. Each entry follows standard bibliographic format, using familiar abbreviations: n.p. means ‘no place of publication” and n.d. signifies ‘no date’. The Latin idem means identical or the same, referring to repetition of the same bibliographic information as in the immediately previous item. Information enclosed in square brackets [ ] is information which is known or surmised, but which is not actually shown on the publication. Where no paging is shown, the bibliographer has been unable to examine the publication directly.

A separate entry is done for: each title; each edition of a specific title; each printing where the publisher or place of publication has changed; or where a printing shows itself to be an entirely new bibliographic item because of significant variation in paging. If a number of unchanged reprintings have been done, and none of the above indications for separate entry apply, the dates of the reprintings are all listed under the single entry. Where a succeeding printing shows only a small variation in paging, the variant is included in the same entry as the previous printing(s) with a note of the paging difference. Notes are also added about other physical variations such as two sizes, or different covers in a single printing. A reference, ‘See # —‘, has been added to some entries, in order to relate items which have the same text, which are selections from another text, or which are differently titled editions of the same work. Book reviews which appeared outside of Bahá’í journals, and which mentioned the Bahá’í Faith, are listed in a paragraph with the entry of the particular item being reviewed.

In order to give some idea of the availability of some of these works in a few other major languages, at the end of entries the following codes will appear when that item has been published in translation: Fr 2 French; Ge = German; It = Italian; P0 = Portuguese; Sp = Spanish.

It is to be hoped that in future issues of The Bahá’í World, or in other Bahá’í publications, there will appear bibliographies of publications on the Bahá’í Faith in other languages, with a view to establishing, in time, coverage of all publications on the Faith.

[Page 867]BAH/i‘t’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

867

The overwhelming majority of items. listed herein are held in the Bahá’í World Centre Library. Where it has not been possible to verify completely the existence of an item, it has been decided not to include it until further information becomes available.

1.18. 1.19.

1.20.

1.21.

A. THE WRITINGS OF BAHA‘U’LLAH

. The Bahá't’ Faith: Selections“ from the Writings of

Buhti'u'lláh. Introduction by Shoghi Effendi. Banjul: National Spiritual Assembly of the thhz’l‘is Of the Gambia. 1980. 46 p.

. Bulta 'U'llah's Hidden Words: trans. Amcen U.

Fareed. San Diego: J. E. Gazvini. 1931. 59 p. Sec

1. 1.4(J—1.63.

. Baltd'u'llzih's Long Healing Prayer (Ind Qad ihmr aqu'I-mu/L/tligan. the ‘Fire Tttblet'. [Kingston]: National Spiritual Assembly 01' the Bahá’ís of Jamaica. [1979 or 1980]. [20]p. Sec #124—128. 1.38. 1.76. 1187.1.88.1.106.4.111.

. Blessed [s the Spot. il. Anna Stevenson. Wilmette:

Bahz’l't' Publishing Trust, 1958. 32 p.

. Blamed Is the Spot. 11. Mark Fennessy. [Wilmette]:

Nationa1 Teaching Committee. n.d. [1974?]. 16 leaves.

. The Book ofAssurance. trans. Ali Kuli Khan. New

York: Brentano‘s. [1924]. vi, 190 p. See #1.7—1.9. 1.67—1.73.

. idem. New York: Bahá't’ Publishing Committee.

1929. vi. 190 p.

. The Book of [gth trans. A11 Kuli Khan. New

York: George V. Blaekburne CO.. 1904. viii. 190 p. See #16, 1.67—1.73.

. idem. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. 1907,

1915.v111. 190 p.

. The Book of the Covenant. Kittlb-el-tlhd Revealed

by [he Blexsed Perfection. New YOrk: Board of Counse1. [1901?]. 4 p. See #166.

. A Compilation of Pasxages from the, Writings of

Buhtt'u’lla’h. comp. Universal House of Justice. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1980. 94 p.

.idem. [Manila]: Bahá’í Publishing Trust of the

Philippines. 1980. 59 p.

. A Compilation of Published Extracts from the Kittib i—Aqdas. {Wilmette}: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís Of the United States. 1973. 10 p. See

1. 1.22—1.23. 1.65. 6.22.

. The Dawn of World Civilization. Wilmette: Bahá’í

Publishing Committee. 1945. n.d. 8 p.

. Deepening the Spiritual Ltfe. [Santurce]: Puerto

Rico Bahá’í Teaching Committee. 1976. 41p. Compilation of daily meditations.

. A Drop from the Ocean: Words of Balui'u’lltih.

selected by G. Faizi. New Delhi: Buhé‘t’ Centre. [1975?]. 28 p.

. The Earth Is God'x. [London]: National Spiritual

Assembly of the Bahá't’s Of the British Isles. [1938?]. 4 p. Excerpts.from the writings of Buhzi'u‘Ilzih. presented by Shoghi Effendi in The Advent of Divine Justice. See #1.18. 1.64. 1.79—1.81.

idem. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1947. 4 p.

Epistle to the Son aftlze Wolf. trans. Julie Chunler. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1928. vi. 140 p. See #1.20—1.21.

Epistle to the Son of the Wolf. trans. Shoghi Effendi. Wilmette: Bahá‘t’ Publishing Committee. 1941. 1953. xix. 193 p. See #1.19. Fr. Ge. It. Sp.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1962, 1969. 1970. 1971. 1976, 1979. xix. 193 p.

1.22.

1.23.

iv 0c

1.29.

1.30.

1.42.

1.43.

.idem. London: Bahzi't' Publishing Trust.

Excerpts from the Kitdb—i-Aqdas Already Published in Authorized Balzti't’ Publicatiom. n.p.. n.d1 [19(r]. 17 p. See #1.13. 1.23, 1.65. 6.22.

Extracts from the Kitdb-i—Aqtius, the Most Holy Book uflhe Revelation of Bahti’u’lhih. trans. Shoghi Effendi Rabbani. n.p.: [National Bureau of the Orthodox Bahá’í Faith of the United States and Canada. 197—11]. 31 leaves. See #1.13. 1.22. 1.65. 6.22.

. The Fire Tablet. Thornhill: Bahá’í Canada Publi cations. [1980]. 8p. See #13. 1,254.28. 1.887 1.89. 1.106. 4.111. Fr. Ge. 1:. sp.

. idem. Managua: National Spiritual Assembly of the

Bahá’ís of Nicaragua. [1981]. 6 p.

. Fire Tablet. Long Healing Prayer. Auckland: Na tional Spiritual Assemb1y Of the Bahá’ís of New Zealand. 1980. 6. 6 p. See #13. 1.24—1.25. 1.271.28. 1.77.1.88—1.89. 1.106.4111.

. The ‘I’ire Tablel' and the Long Healing Prayer.

[Maniluz National Spiritual Assembly Ofthe Bahá’ís Of the Philippines. 1980?]. 6 p.

. The Fire Tablet, Qad-lh/araqu'l-Muk/t/i.1'tm. Lung

Healing Prayer. [Singapore: National Spiritual Assembly 01‘ Singapore. 1980]. 6 p. See #13. 1.247 1.27. 1.39, 1.77. 1.88—1.89. 1.106.411].

Fire! National Bahá’í Convention of Dominica Souvenir. Roseau: [National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Dominica. 1983]. [5] p.

Gleanings from the Writings of Bahd'u'lltih. comp. and trans. Shoghi Effendi. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1935. 353 p. Fr.Ge.11, Po, Sp.

. idem. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee.

1939. 360p.

.idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee.

1943. 1946. 1948. 1951. xii. 346. [20] p.

.. idem. Rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Com mittee. 1952. xvi. 346, [20] p.

. idem. Rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahzi‘l' Publishing Trust.

1956. 1963. 1969. 1971. xvi. 346. [20] p.

. idem. 2nd rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing

Trust. 1976. 1982. 1983 [pocket size ed.]. xvi. 346. 1201 P

Review: Bush. Richard C. New Review of Books and Religion (New York). v. 2 n0. 9 (May 1978).

1949. 350 p.

. idem. Rev. ed. London: Bahá’í Pub1ishing Trust.

1978. 350p.

. idem. 151 Indian ed. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing

Trust, 1973. xvi. 346, [20] p.

. The Healing Prayer. [Hofheim-Lungenhain]: Bahá’í Verlag. [1981]. 12 p. See #13. 1.77. 1.89.

. The Hidden Words. n.p.. [1900?]. 15;). 1. The Hidden Words (Persian section only). Chi cago: Behais Supply and Publishing Board, [1900?]. 15 p.

The Hidden Words from the Arabic. London: Kenneth Mackenzie. 1915. 12 p. Hidden Words from the Persian, Revealed by the Blesxed Perfection. New York: The Board of

[Page 868]868

1.44.

1.49.

1.64.

1.68.

THE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

Counsel. [190—]. 15 p.

Hidden Wardx from the Supreme Pen of Balui'u'lltih. Cairo. 1921. Original with English translation. 62. 47 p.

'. The Hidden Wardx of Buhti'u'llah. trans. Shoghi

Effendi. London: Bahá’í Assembly. 1923. 90 p.

. idem. New York City: Bahá’í Publishing Commit tee, 1924.62 p.

. idem. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee.

1925. 53 p.

. The Hidden Words of Bahd'u'lla’h. trans. Shoghi

Effendi with the assistance of some Eninsh friends. London: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís 01Great Britain and Northern Ireland. 1929. 55 p.

'Fr. Ge. 11. P0. Sp.

idem. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1932. 56 p.: 1939. 1940. 52 p.

. idem. London: National Spiritual Assembly of the

thhz’t‘is Of the British Isles. 1932. 56 p.

.idcm. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee.

1943. 52 p.: 1952. 1954. ix. 52 p.

. idem. Manchester: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1944. . idem. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1949.53 p.;

1966. 1975. 52 p.

. itlem. Rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1954. 1963. 1966. 1970. 1971. 1975.1x. 52 p.; 1979. 1982. 52 p. (type re-set).

'. idem. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1957.

52 p.

. idem. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1964.

1973. [(‘u. 125] p.

. idem. [Georgetownz National Spiritual Assembly of

the Bahá’ís of Guyana. 1982]. 7 p.

, idem. [Tihrzinz Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 120 11.5.

[1963—1964]. 128 13.5. [1971-1972]. 79. 55 p. (offset 01 London 1929 ed. published with original texts in Arabic and Persian).

. 7711’ Hidden Wordx Of Buhti'u'lltih. trans. from the

original Persian and Arabic by Shoghi Effendi; calligraphic design by Miflkin-Qalam. [HothcimLungenhuin]: Bahá’í—Verlug. 1983. [140] p. Origiv nail Arabic and Persian with Enghsh translation.

. Hidden Words, Words of Wisdom. and Communex

frum the Supreme Pen of Bahti'u’lláh. trans. Mirza Amcen ‘Ullah Fureed. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. 1905. 1914. and n.d. 94 p.

. idem. Rangoon: Bahai Publishing Society. 1914.

94 p.

. idem. London: The Unity Press. 1911. 94 p. . Hidden Worth; Words of Wisdom and Commmws:

Tilt! Seven Valleys. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. n.d. [1905?]. Two works bound together. the first work has no mention of translator (inreed). the second was translated by lshteul lbn Kalantar (A11 Kuli Khan). 94. 56 p.

Immortal Passagex: Dynamic and Typical Examples of Bahd’u'lhilz's Sublime Ulterance Cited By Shoghi Effendi in The Advent of Divine Justice. December 25. 1938. (Haifa: Hooper Dunbar. 1981]. 28 p. See

1. 1.17.1.18.1.79—1.81.

‘. ul-Kimb ul-Aqdas. or the M03! Holy Book. trans.

Earl E. Elder and William McE. Miller. London: Royal Asiatic Society. sold by Luzac & Co.. 1961. 74 p. See #113. 1.22-1.23. 6.22.

. Kitub-El-Ah'a', the Book of the Covenant. the Will

and Testament of Balm'o'llah. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Sqeiety. 1913. [3] p. Sce #1.10.

. The Killib-i—[t/tin. the Book of Certilude. trans.

Shoghi Effendi. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1931. 1937. 283 p. See #1.6—1.9. Fr. Gc.1t.Po.Sp.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1943.

1.69.

1.70.

N. 1.73.

1.79.

1.80.

1.81.

1.88.

1.89.

1.90.

261 p.

idem. 2nd ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1950, 1954. xxii. 276 p.

idem. 2nd ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1954. 1960 (this ed. has two varieties of dust jacket: the first states erroneously that the 1qén was revealed in 1858. while the latter gives the correct date 01' 1862). 1970. xxii. 276 p.; 1974. 1981.274 p.

7 . idem. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1946. 167 p. 7 . idem. 2nd ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1961. 167 p.

idem. 3rd ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1982. 167 p. Published in hardcover and lightweight formats.

. Luw/z-[z‘l-Akdas: The Holy Tablet Revealed by Me

Blesxed Perfection (Balm Ullah) at Baghdad. Stuttgart. Germany: Dr. Edwin Fisher. Sitzburgstrusse. 1907. 4 p.

. idem. Chicago: Buhai Publishing Society. 1913'. and

also n.p.. n.d. 1190—]. 4 p.

. Law of the New Age: Table! of Tardztit. New

Delhi: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of India. |196—?]. [18] p.

. Long Healing Prayer. London: Bahá’í Publishing

Trust. 1980. [12] p. Sec #1.3. 1.9. 1.89. Fr. 00. 11. Sp.

. The Mixsion of B(llid’tl'llfih. Wilmette: Bahá’í Pub lishing Trust. 1952 (two variants. one has white cover with b1: x lettering: second has orange cover with lettering in orange and black). 197]. 15 p. The Power of Hit Utteranee. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. [1978]. Passages from Writings of Bahá‘u‘llzih quoted by Shoghi Effendi in Advent of Divine Juxtice. 14 p. See #1.17—1.18. 1.64. 1.81. idem. [London]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the United Kingdom. 140 3.15. [1983]. 14 p.

The Power of Utterunce. Port—of—Spain: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Trinidad and Tobago. 1980. Passages from Writings of Bahá‘u'lláh quoted by Shoghi Effendi in Advent of Divine Justice. 12 p. Sec #1.l7—1.18. 1.64. 1.79—1.80.

. Prayers and Meditations by Bahd'u'lla’h. comp. and

trans. Shoghi Effendi. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1938. 347 p. Ge. 1t. Sp.

.. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1954.

347 p.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1962.

1969. 1974. 1979. 347 p.

. idem. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1957. 263 p. . idem. Rev. ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1978. 263 p.

. The Proclamation of Ba/zé'u’lltih 10 the Kings and

Leaders of the World. Haifa: Bahá’í World Centre. 1967. 1972. 1978. xiv. 127 p. Fr. Ge. 1t. Po. Sp. le—ih/rtruqu'l—muhlthlyiin. The Fire Tablet. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1980. 10p. Sec #13. 1.24—1.28. 1.89. 1.11)6.4.111. Qad-ihlaraqa’I-muk_hli§11n. The Fire Tablet. Lung Healing Prayer. [Enskcdcz National Spiritual Assembly 01 the Bahá’ís of Sweden. 1980]. 3. 3 p. See

1. 13. 1.24—1.28. 1.88. 1.106. 4.111.

Selected Writings of Bahd'u’lláh. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1942. 43 p.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1967.

1975. 40 p.

-. idem. lst cloth ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing

Trust. 1979. xiii. 128 p.

. Seven Valleyx. trans. Julie Chanlcr from the French

version of Hippolyte Dreyfus. New -York: New History Foundation. 1933. 37 p.

. The Seven Valleyx. trans. Ali Kuli Khan. Chicago:

[Page 869]1.95.

1.96.

1.97.

1.98. 1.99.

1.100.

1.101. 1.1021

1.103

1.104.

1.105.

1.106.

2.

E" o

3.1.

3.3.

3.4.

3.5.

BAHA'I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

Bahai Publishing Society. 1906. n.d. [between 1906 and 1914?], 1914. 55 p. Fr.Ge.1t.Sp.

The Seven Valleys and the Four Valle)“. trans. Ali Quli Khan. New York: Bahzi't’ Publishing Committee. 1936. 1937. 60 p.

The Seven Valleys and the Four Vtt/ltfivs. trans. Ali Kuli Khan and Marzieh Gail. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1945. 1948. 62 p.: 1953. 1954. xviii. 62 p.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá't’ Publishing Trust. 1957. 1963.1967.1968.1971.xviii.62 p.11975.1978.xiii. 65 p. (type re-set).

Some Utterances of Bahd‘u’lltih. London: Bahai Librz|ry?. n.d. [between 1910 and 1930]. viii p. The Source ofSpirituaI Qualities. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. [1924?]. 4 p.

The Sun of Truth Is the Word of God: I’ttsxttges front the Writings of Bahtf'u’lltih. [Victoria]: National Teaching Committee of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the Cameroon. [1981]. 13 p.

Sumt'ul-Hykl: Sum of the Temple. Chicago: Bchais Supply and Publishing Board. 1900. 63 p.

The Tablet Of Ahmad. Hofheim-Langcnhain: Buhz’l'iVerlag. [1982?]. [8]. 6 p.

Table! of lshrttkat (Efiulgenees). Preceded by the Tablet on the Most Great lnfallibt'lity. trans. AliKuli Khan. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. 1908. 45 p.

Tablet Of Tarazat. Tablet Of the World. Words“ Of Paradise. Tablet of Tajttlleyat. The Glad Tidings. Revealed by B(thé'u’lla‘h at Acctt. trans. Ali Kuli Khan. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. 1906. 1913. 92 p.

The Tablet of the Branch. n.p.. n.d. [New York. Dec. 1912]. 7 p.

The Tablet Of the Holy Mariner. The Tablet of Fire ]Gcrmany: Sa‘id Mu‘tamid. 1980]. 80 p. Sec #1.3.

869

1.24—1.28. 1.88. 1.89. 4.111.

1.107. Tablet of Wisdom Revealed by Balté’u’lhih. n.p..

1.

H

._.

108.

.109.

.110.

.111. .112.

.113.

.114.

.115.

.116.

.117.

n.d. [191—‘?]. 1510avcs.

Tablet to Pope Pius IX. [Toronto]: National Spiritual Assembly of the lehé’is of Canada. 1958. 121 p

Tablet? of Baha'o’lltth Revealed at Acca. Syria: Tablet of Tumzttt. Tablet Of the World. Words of Paradise. Tablet Of Tajalleyat. the Glad Tidings. The Tablet Of lshrekal, Preceded by the Table! on the Most Great Infallibilt'ty. trans. Ali Kuli Khan. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. 1917. 137 p. Tabletx Of B(thd'u'lltih Revealed After the Kitdb-iAqa’as. comp. the Research Department of the Universal House of Justice. trans. Habib Taherzadeh1 Haifa: Bahzi‘l’ World Centre. 1978. vi. 276 p1 Ge. It. Sp.

idem. Lightweight ed. Haifa: Bahá’í World Centre. 1982. vi. 298 p.

Tajalli. New Delhi: National Spiritual Assembly of the Baht’t‘t’s of India. [196—]. 15 p.

Three Obligatory Daily Prayers. trans. Shoghi Effendi. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1937. 14 p.

Three Spiritual Truthx for a World Civilization. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. [193—?]. 8 p. Three Tablets of Bahu'o'llah. Revealed at Adrianople. Acca. tutti Baghdad: Tablet of the Branch, Kitttb-el-Ah'd, Lawh-eLAkdm'. trans. Ali Kuli Khan. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. 1918. pp. 141167.

Tokens from the Writings of Buhd'u’lltih. comp. Jay and Constance Conradcr. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1973. 1975. 80 p.

Words of Buhti’u‘lltih. n.p.. n.d. [before 1940?].

[21 pt

B. THE WRITINGS OF THE BAB

. The B(ib's Address to the Letters Ofthe Living. New

York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. n.d. [193—]. 5 leaves.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá't’ Publishing Committee. 1949.

5 leaves.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1953. 4 p.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Truxl. n.d. [196—?]. 6 p.

. A Compilation of Paxsagex from the Writings of the

Bdb. comp. Universal House ofJustiec. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1980. 56 p.

. idem. [Manila]: Bahá’í Publishing Trust of the

2.7.

2.8.

2.9.

Philippines. 1980. 35. 2 p.

Selectianx front the Writings of the Báb. comp. Research Department of the Universal House of Justice. trans. Habib Tahcrzadch. Haifa: Bahá’í World Centre. 1976. 1978. vii. 223 p. Po, Sp. Review: Bush. Richard C. New Review of Books and Religion (New York). v. 2. no. 9 (May 1978). idem. Lightweight cd. Haifa: Bahá’í World Centre, 1982. vii. 235 p.

Some Prayerx of the 8111). [London]: Bahá’í Education Committee of the National Spiritual Assembly of the lehé‘t’s of the United Kingdom, n.d. [1981?]. [4] p.

C. THE WRITINGS OF ‘ABDU’L-BAHA

‘Abdu’l—Buha’ in Canada. comp. National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Canada, 1962‘ 64 p.

. ‘Abdu'l—Btthd in Edinburgh, comp. National Spiri tual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the British Isles. London: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the British Isles. 1963. 19 p.

Abtlul-Baha in London. [comp. Eric Hammond]. London: Longmans Green & Co.. 1912.

idem. East Sheen, Surrey: The Unity Press. 1912. xiv. 134 p.

idem. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. 1921. xiv. 134 p.

. idem. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1982. 127 p. . Abdul Balm in New York. the City of the Covenant.

Aprt'I—December 1912. New York: Bahai Assemb1y. 1922. 79 p.

. idem. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee,

1931. x. 77 p.

. Abdul Balm mt Divine Philosophy. comp. Isabel

Fraser Chamberlain. Boston: The Tudor Press, 1916. 161 p.

. idem. Boston: The Tudor Press. c1917. c1918.

184 p.

. idem. Boston: The Tudor Press. 61918. 189 p.

[Page 870]3.18.

3.25.

3.26.

3.29.

3.30.

3.34.

THE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

.idem. comp. Soraya Chamberlain. New York:

Bahá’í Publishing Committee, £1918 [i.c. 1928?]. 189 p.

. Address by Abdu’l-Bahá delivered at New York City.

July 5. 1912. New York: Washington; Chicago: Bahai Assembly, n.d. [1912?]. 8 p.

. Addrexs by Abdul Balm at the Bowery Mission, 227

Bowery, New York City, Friday Evening, April 19th, 1912. New York: Andrew Hutchinson. n.d. [1913?]. 5 p.

. America’s Spiritual Mission. [trans. Ahmad Soh rab]. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1936. 54 p. See #3.132—3.134. 15! ed. Of Tablets Of the Divine Plan.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1948. 7. Appendix to London 1908 Edition. Some Answered

Questionx, Collected and Translated from the PerXian by Laura Clifford Barney: Subject, Strikes. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. 1918. pp. 313318. See #3.97—3.108.

A Bahtt’z’ Child‘x Illustrated Prayerbook. arranged by the Child Education Committee; il. by Mervyn Jones. Sydney: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Australia and New Zealand, 1952. 8 leaves.

. The Bahá’í Peace Program. New York: Bahá’í

Publishing Committee, 1930. 48 p.

. Bahá’í Peace Programme: Addresses Given by

‘Abdu'I-Bahzi in Party in 1912. Karachi: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Pakistan. n.d. [after 1965]. 36 p.

. Christians, Jews and Muhammadans. New York:

Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1939. 7 p. (Bahá’í Reprint; n0. 2).

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1940.

1945. 7 p. (Bahá’í Reprint; n0. 2).

. Christ’s Promise Fulfilled. Wilmette: Bahá’í’ Pub lishing Committee. 1954. 76 p. See #3.109. Excerpts from Some Amwered Questions.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1959.

1963. 1970, 1973. 1975. 1977. 1978. 1980. 1981. 76 p.

Commune Revealed by ‘Abdu’l-Bahá’. February 3. 1917: From Tablet to the Believers of God and the Maidservantx of the Merciful of the Southern States. n.p.. n.d. [193—?]. 1p.

idem. trans. 27 March 1919. Ahmad Sohrab. Washington1 D.C.. 1919. [3] p.

. Commune Revealed February 8, 1917: From Table!

to the Believers and the Maid~servants of God in the Central States. trans. by Ahmad Sohrab. n.p.. n.d. [1919?]. 3 p.

1A Compilation of Passages from the Wordx Of

‘Abdu'l—Bahá. [Manila]: Bahai Publishing Trust of the Philippines, 1980. 38 p.

A Compilation of Passages from the Writings of ‘Abdu’l-Bahá. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1980. 58 p.

A Compilation of Tablets and Words Pertaining to the Center of the Covenant of God on Violation. comp. Mrs. H. Emogene Hoagg. n.p.. n.d. [191—]. 26 leaves.

. Compilation of Utterances from the Pen of Abdul

Baha Regarding His Station. n.p.. 29 Nov. 1906. 19 p.

. Definition of Love by Abdul Buha. New York. 7

Dec. 1902.

. The Divine Art of Living. comp. Mary M. Rabb.

Chicago: Bahai News Service. 1924. All but the first two #5 of Star of the West dealing with Rabb‘s compilation bound in 3/4 leather.

The Divine Art of Living. comp. Mary M. Rabb.

3.35.

. He Is a True Bahá’í . .

New York: Brcmano’s, 1926. xv, 191 p.

Divine Pearls from the Tablets Of Abdul Balm. Montclair. N..1.: Mission Press. n.d. [possibly be tween 1909 and 1916]. 14 p.

. idem. Montclair, NJ: Mission Press. n.d. [possibly

1916]. 33 p.

. Excerpts from Mysterious Forces of Civilization,

written by an Eminent Bahai Philosopher in 1875; Excerpts from A Traveler’s Narrative Written t0 Illuxtrate the Episode Ufthe Báb. n.p.. n.d. [191—7]. 7 p.

. Excerpts from the Will and Testament of ‘Abdu'l Buhzi. comp. and ed. National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís Of the British Isles. Manchester: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1950. 27 p. Sec #392. 3170—3175.

. Exhortation: Words of the Master Abdul—Baha

Abbas. [Washingtom D,C.?: Remey?|, n.d.

[191—7]. [3] p.

. Faith for Every Man. London: Bahá’í Publishing

Trust, 1972. 80 p.

. Foundations of World Unity. comp. Horace Holley.

New York: World Unity Publishing Corp.. 1927. 112 p. Sp.

. idem. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee.

1936. 112 p.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1945.

178 p.

.idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1955,

1968,1971,1979. 112 p.

. From Abbas Effendi to a Lady Who Vixited Acre in

Feb., 1906. Edinburgh: T. & A. Constable. 1907. Sec #346.

. From Abbas Effendi to a Lady Who Visited Acre in

February, 1906. trans. Moncver Khánum. London: The Unity Press, 1907. See #345.

. From the Divine Art of Living. n.p.. n.d. [193— or

194—‘?]. [6] p.

.n.p.. n.d. [195—1’]. [4] p. Quotation is said to be from ‘Tablet of East and West‘.

. He Is God. Chicago; Bahai Publishing Society.

1913. 3 p.

. He Is the All—Glorious! calligraphy by J. Randall

Dighton. [United States: Dighton. 197—]. 1 p. Tablet of Visitation done in a calligraphic design shaped as ‘Abdu’l-Bahá's face.

. Heavenly Feaxt: Some Utterances Of AbduI-Baha

to Two American Pilgrimx [Charles and Mariam Haney] in Acca. Syria. February 1909. n.p.. 1910. 36 p.

. The Image of God: Address Delivered at the Fourth

Annual Conference of the National Association for theAdvmzcement of Colored People, Chicago, April 30, 1912. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1939.4 p. (Bahá’í’ Reprint: no. 1).

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1940,

1943. 4 p. (Bahá’í Reprint: no. 1).

. In Commemoration of the Declaration of His Holi ness the Báb. 1844—1920: Tablet Revealed by Abdul Balm. Washington, DC, 1920. [4] p.

. Industrial Justice. New York: Bahá’í Publishing

Committee, 1940. 7 p. (Bahá’í Reprint; n0. 3).

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1941,

1946. 7 p. (Bahá’í Reprint; n0. 3).

. Letter and Tablet from Abdu’l-Bahá0 the Central

Organization for a Durable Peace, The Hague. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. 1920. 15 p. See

1. 3.]22. 3.154.

. Letter from Abdul-Buha Abbas to the Friends in

Persia. trans. Ameen ‘Ullah Farecd. 'Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society, 21 Jan. 1906. 9 p.

[Page 871]3.80.

3.81.

BAHA'I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

. Leller from St. Jean d’Acre. London: The Bahai

Press. 1906.

. Lelterfrom the Master. n.p.. n.d. [190~?]. [4] p. . Letter of ‘Love' from ABDUL-BAHA ABBAS la

the ‘Beloved’ in America. Received by Mr. George E. Wine at New York. December 7. 1902. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. 1902. 3 p.

. Letters ofAbdu’l-Bahá t0 the Children: Presented by

Roshan on His Firxt Birthday, December 29. 1909. [Washington. D.C.?: Aseyeh Allen?], 1909. 16 p.

. Mashriqu’l-Adhkár: Quotations from Tablets and

Talks of ‘Abdu'l—Baha. ntp.. n.d. [l92—?]. [3] p.

. Memorials Of the Faithful. trans. Marzieh Gail.

Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1971. 1975. xii. 208 p.

. Messagex from Abdu’l-Bahá t0 the Honolulu Bahais.

Honolulu: Advance Press. 1924.

. idem. Honolulu: National Spiritual Assembly of thc

Bahá’ís of the Hawaiian Islands, n.d. (two variants: one is 15 cm.. the other 13 cm., possibly published in the 19605 and the 19705 respectively). 14 p.

. The Mysterious Forces of Civilization. trans. Jo hanna Dawud. London: Cope & Fcnwick. 1910. 242 p. See #387.

.idem. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. 1910.

1918. 131 p.

. The Mystery of God. comp. Mrs. Iran F. Muhajer.

New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1971. 203 p.

. idem. Rev. ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1979. 327 p.

. 0 Pure Friend? of God. [New York or Chicago?.

n.d. [1907?]. [4] p.

. On lnduxlrial Justice: a Baxis of World Economy.

Wilmette: Bahá’í Public Relations. 1946. [3] p.

. Paris Talks. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1951,

1961. 1969. 1971. 1972. 184p. sce #3.]42—3.147. 3175—3176. Fr. Ge. 11. P0. Sp.

. A Prayer for Canada. The Twelve Baxic B(thd't’

Principles. Thornhill, Ont.: Bahá’í National Office. n.d. |197-7]. [2] p.

. Prayer. He Is God]. [Washington D.C.?. n.d.

[1905?]. 18 p.

. Prayerx and Tablets. Abdu’l-Bahá Abbas. n.p..

1906. 16 p.

. The Principle of Religious Unity: For the Promotion

of the Oneness of Mankind. Wilmette: Bahá’í Public Relations. 1946. [7] p.

. The Promulgation of Univerxal Peace. [comp. How ard MacNutt]. Vol. 1. Chicago: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1922; [New York]: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1922 he 1925]. Vol. II. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1925.

. idem. [New York]: Bahá’í Publishing Committee.

1922 [i.c. 1939]. 2 v. in 1 (vii, 1—232. xiii. 233—467. x p.) idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1943. 2 v. in 1 (vii. 1—232, xiii, 233-467, x p.)

idem. 2nd ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1982. xx. 513 p.

. The Reality of Man. comp. Horace Holley. [New

York?]: Publishing Committee of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the United States and Canada. 1931. viii. 51 p.

. The Reality of Religion: Tablet ofAbduI Balm. New

York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1924. See

1. 384.

. The Reality of Religion: Words ofAbduI Baha. New

York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. n.d. [1924?] 4 p. See #383. '

. Religious and Political Peace. New York: Roger

Bros.. 1912, 13 p.

. Sacred Table! to Miss Fanny Knobloch, Washing 3.87.

3.88.

3.94.

3.95.

3.99.

3.100.

3.101.

3.102.

3.103. 3.104.

3.105.

3.106.

3.107.

3.108.

3.109.

3.110.

3.111.

3.112.

3.113.

3.114.

871

ton. D.C.. n.p., n.d. [1920?]. 3 p.

The Secret of Divine Civilization. trans. Marzieh Gail. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1957. xi. 116 p. Sec #367. Fr. Ge.

idem. 2nd ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1970. 1975. xi. 126 p.

. Selected Writings of ‘Abdu'l-Bahri. Wilmette: Bahá’í

Publishing Committee. 1942. 44 p.

. idem. [Suva]: National Spiritual Assembly of the

Bahá’ís of the Fiji Islands, n.d. [197—[. 20 p.

. Selectionx from the Will and Textament of ‘Abdu'l Bahd. New York: Bahz’t't’ Publishing Committee. 1940. 1945. See #338. 3169—3174.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1944.

1948. 20 p.

. Selectionx from [he Writings of ‘Abdu’l-Bahá. comp.

Research Dept. of the Universal House of Justice. trans. by a Committee at the Bahá’í World Centre and Marzieh Gail. Haifa: Bahá’í World Centre. 1978. vi. 325 p. Fr.

idem. Lightweight ed. Haifa: Bahá’í World Centre. 1982. vi. 345 p.

Soldierx of the World! Strikef. [Attributed to ‘Abdu’l-Bahá by Ahmad Sohrah]. New York: New History Society. n.d. [193—]. [4] p.

. Some Answered Questions. comp. Laura Clifford

Barney. London: Kegan. Paul. Trench. Trubncr & Co.. 1908. xiv. 344 p. Fr. Ge. It. Po. Sp.

. idem. 2nd ed. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society.

1918. xiv. 350 p.

. idem. 3rd ed. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Com mittee. 1930. xiv. 350 p.

idem. 4th ed. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1937. xiv. 350 p.

idem. 5th ed. Wilmette: Bahz‘l‘l’ Publishing Committee. 1943. xiv. 350 p.

idem. 6th cd. Wilmette: Bahzi‘l' Publishing Trust. 1947. xiv. 350 p.

idem. 7th ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1954. xxv. 350 p.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1957. idem. 1964 ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1964. 1968. 1970. 1971. xxi. 350 p.

idem. [1981 cd.] Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1981. 1982. xviii, 324 p.

idem. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. n.d. [196—]. xiii. 292 p.

idem. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1973. xxi. 350 p.

Some Christian Subjectx. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1946. 72 p. See #323. Excerpts from Some Answered Questions.

Some Prayer: of ‘Abdu’l-Bahá’. [London]: Bahá’í Education Committee of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the United Kingdom, [1981]. [4] p.

Some Vital Buhiii Principlex Compiled from [he Wordx of Abdul-Balm. Washington. DC. n.d. 8 p.

idem. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. n.d. [191—7] and n.d. [1920?]. 8 p.

The Spirit of World Unity: From the Addresses and Tablets Of ‘Abdu’l-Bahá. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1926. 22 p.

The Spiritual Opportunity of the Bahá’ís of Ihe United States and Canada. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1926. 19 p.

Table Talkx at Acca by Abdu’l-Bahá Abbas. as expressed by Mirza Moneer and Mirza Nur-edvDin. interpreters . . notes taken stenographically, transcribed and revised by Arthur S. Agnew. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society, 1907. 23 p.

[Page 872]872

3.115.

3.116.

3.117.

3.118.

3.119.

3.120.

3.121.

3.122.

3.123.

3.124.

3.125.

3.126.

3.127.

3.128.

3.129.

3.130.

3.131.

3.132. 3.133.

3.134.

3.135.

3.136.

3.137.

THE BAHA

Table Talks by Abdul Balm Taken Down in Persian by Mirza Hadi at Acca, Feb. 1907. Notes Taken by Corinne True. trans. A. U. Fareed. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society, 1907. 32 p. Cover title: Notes Taken at Acca.

Table Talks with Abdel-Baha-Abbas Regarding Reincarnation, Mystery of SeIf-Sacrifice and Other Subjectx. n.p.. n.d. [1900?]. [14] p.

A Tablet Concerning the Building of the Mashrak»elAzkar, T0 the Friends and Maitlservants of the Merczful in America. n.p., n.d. [1908?]. 7 p. Tablet Revealed to Louise Hopkins, John Alexander Hopkins, Elinare Hixcock [et. aI./. [Washingtom D.C.‘P: Remey?].n.d.[1906?]. [2] leaves.

Tablet Through the Mediation of His Honor Mirza Assad’ullah to the House ofluxtice, Chicago. n.p., n.d. [1902?]. [4] p.

Tablet to the Beloved of God in America. trans. Ali Kuli Khan. Cambridge, Mass., 1906.

Tablet to the Beloved of God of the Occident. trans. Ahmad Esphahani [Sohrab]. n.p., 1906. 16 p. Tablet to the Hague. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, n.d. [195— or 196—]. 12 p. See #357. 3.154. Tabletx, Communes and Holy Uttertmcex. n.p.. [1897].

Tablets Containing General lnstructt'tmx. trans. M.A.E. [Mirza Ahmad Esphahani Sohrab]. Washington, D.C.: Bahai Assembly, 1907. 19 p.

Tablets Containing Instructions. trans. Mirza Ahmad Esphahani [Sohrab] and Ali Kuli Khan. Washington, D.C., 1906. 12 p.

Tablets from Abdu’l-Bahá to E. E. Wrextling Brewster. Washington. DC. 1907. [8] p.

Tablets from Abdu’l-Bahá Abbas to Some American Believers in the Year 1900: The Truth Concerning. A. Reincarnation, B. Vicarious Atonement, C. The Trinity, D. Real Christianity. New York: Board of Counsel. 1901. 14 p.

Tablets of Abdul Balm Abbas. [comp. Albert R. Windust]. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society, Vol. 1, 1909, 1912, 1919; V01. 11, 1915, 1919; V0]. 111, 1916, 1919. 3 v. (730 p.).

idem. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, Vol. 1, 1930; Vol. II. 1940; Vol. 111. 1930. 3v. (730 p.).

Tablets ofAbdu’l-Bahá Received by the Persian American Educational Society and the Orient-Occident Unity. trans. Mirza Ahmad Sohrab. Washington, D.C.: Persian American Educational Society, 1914. 8 p.

The Tablets Of the Divine Plan. 2nd ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1959. 54 p. Sec #315. Fr. Ge, It, Sp.

idem. 3rd ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1962, 1965, 1969. 1971. 1974, 1975, 1976. 54 p. idem. Rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1977,1980. xii, 107 p.

Tablets Revealed by Abdul Buha Abbas t0 the East and the West. trans. Ahmad Esphahani [Sohrab]. Washington: Bahai Assembly of Washington, DC. 1908. 35 p.

Tablets Revealed by Abdu’l-Bahá in Reference to the Erection of the Mashrek—el-Azkar (The Bahai Temple of Worship). n.p., n.d. [after 1906]. [4] p. Tablets Revealed by the Master Abdul Beha Abbas to the House of Juxtice at Chicago. to the Ladies’ Asxembly of Teaching, to Mirza Assad ‘Ullah and to Other Individuals, also One to the Believers in Persia. Chicago: Press of the Hollistcr Bros.. 1901. 16 p.

Tablets to Japan. [comp. Agnes Alexander]. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1928. 15 p.

/

9

fWORLD

3.138.

3.139.

3.140. 3.141. 3.142. 3.143. 3.144. 3.145. 3.146. 3.147. 3.148.

3.149.

3.150.

3.151.

3.152.

3.153.

3.154.

3.155.

3.156.

3.157.

3.158.

3.159.

3.161.

A Talk Given by Abdu’l-Bahá. from Notes Taken by L. A. C. 8.. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society, n.d. [191—?]. 4 p. Talk Given by the Master at the Home of Mrs. Thornburgh-Cropper, September 13, 19]]. n.p.: Printed in Memory of the Wedding of Ursula Newman and Mchdi Samandari, 1951. 4 p. A Talk given by the Matter in Acca. n.p., n.d. [192—7]. [2] p. idem. n.p.: Howard Pr., n.d. [before 1940?]. 3 p. Talks by Abdu’l-Bahá Given In Paris. East Sheen, Surrey: The Unity Press, 1912. 176 p. Sec #373. 3.175—3.176. idem. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society, 1912. idem. 2nd ed. London: G. Bell & Sons, Ltd., 1915, Nlp idem. 3rd ed. London: G. Bcll & Sons, Ltd, 1916. 171 p. idem. 4th ed. London: G. Bell & Sons, Ltd., 1920. 171 p. idem. 51h ed. London: G. Bell & Sons, Ltd., 1923. xii, 171 p. This Radiant Age. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. n.d. [196—7]. 41 p. Through His Honor Mizra Ahmad Exphahani and Mr. Chm. T. Jones, to the Board of Counsel, New York City. [Washington, D.C.?], n.d. [1907?]. [NR Ta Aga Ahmad Yazdi (Upon Him Be the Glory of Abhá). [Washinglom D.C.?: Rcmcy‘tl. n.d. [190—?], 1p. T0 the Bahais in Persia, India, Turkey and Other Parts of the East. trans. Mirza Ahmad Sohrab. Chicago, n.d. [1909?]. 3 p. T0 the Beloved of God in General in America (Upon Them Be Balm Ullah). n.p., n.d. [1906?]. [8] p. T0 the Chicago Assembly; T0 the Kenoshu Assembly. n.p., n.d. [190—?] (Chicago: Hollistcr Bros.) 14 p. Translation of Abdul—Baha's Letter to the Central Organization for a Durable Peace at The Hagite. n.p., n.d. [1920 or 1921]. 24 p. See #357. 3.122. A Traveller's Narrative Written to Illustrate the Episode of the Báb. trans. Edward Granville Browne. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 1891. The 1891 ed. is in two volumes. the first of which is the Persian text (211 p.), the second is the English translation and notes (liii. 447 p.). Reviews: Asiatic Quarterly Review (London). v. 3. n0. 6 (1892). pp. 502—503. Athemleum. 99 (28 May 1892). pp. 690691. The Calcutta Review. no. 189 (July 1892), p. xxxvi. ‘The Episode of the Báb,‘ The Spectutur (London). (22 Apr. 1892). p'p. 560561. Vambery. Arminius. The Academy. no. 1036 (12 Mar. 1892). pp. 245—246. idem. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1930. liii. 447 p. idem. Amsterdam: Philo Press, 1975. liii. 447. 211 p. idem. New and corrected ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1980. v. 110 p. True Belief, Abdul Balm Abbas. n.p.. n.d. [191—7].

4p.

.idem. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. n.d.

Hm4y4p

The True Gardener. a Talk Given By Abdu’l-Bahá. comp. L.A.C.B. Rangoon. Burma: Rangoon Standard Press. 1903; London: The Unity Press, n.d.;

[Page 873]3.162.

3.163.

3.164.

3.165.

3.166.

3.167.

3.168.

3.169.

3.170.

4.1.

4.3.

4.4.

4.5.

4.6.

4.7.

4.8.

BAHA‘I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

[Washington D.C.]. n.d. [191—7]. 7 p.

Twelve Basic Teachings Compiled from the Words“ ofAbdu’l-Bahá. New York, 1926.

Unity of Conscience. the Basis of Universal Peace, Geneva: Bahá’í International Bureau. 1948. 37 p. Excerpts from Tablet to The Hague.

Uttertmces Of Abdul Behu Abbas 10 Two Young Men. American Pilgrims to Acre. [901. New York: Board of Counsel. 1901. 24 p.

A Visiting Tablet Revealed for the Maidservant of God. Mrs. Amalie Knobloch. Who Has Ascended to the Kingdom of the Almighty. n.p., n.d. [1910?]. 3 p.

idem. [Wushingtom D.C.?. n.d. [1910?]. 1 sheet (pp. 39—40).

Visiting Tabletx for Our Recent Martyrs Who Suffered in Persia in 1901, with Some Tablets and I’ruyersfar the American Behaix. New York: Bchuis Board of Counsel. 1902, 32 p.

The Voice of Universal Peace. trans. by Mirza Ahmad Sohrab. n.p.. n.d. [1914?]. [4] p. The Will and Testament of ‘Abdu’l-Bahá. New

York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1935. 20 p. Fr. Ge. It, P0. Sp.

idem. Wilmette: National Spiritual Assembly of thc Bahá’ís of the United States and Canada. 1942. 17 leaves.

3.171.

3.172.

3.173.

3.174.

3.175.

3.176.

3.177.

3,178.

3.179.

3.180.

3.181.

3.182.

873

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1944, 21) p.

idem. Wilmette: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the United States. c1944. 26 p.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1944. 61944 [before 1954]. 26 p.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. C1944 [after 1954], 1968. 1971. 26 p.

The Wisdom of Abdu’l-Bahá. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1924. 171 p. See #373. 3142—3147.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, n.d. Wisdom Tulkx Of Abdul—Baha (Abbas Effendi) at Chicago, Illinois, April 30th to May 51h. 1912, Chicago: Press ofBuhai News Service, [1912]. 22 p, Woman's Great Station in the Bahai Dispenxation.

n.p.. [1913]. 3 p. Wordx Of Abdul Balm. n.p.. n.d. [before 1940?]. 3 1)

Words of Abdul—Baha Concerning the Mashrak-elAzkar. n.p.. n.d. [191—?]. 1p.

Wards ofAbduI-Baha in Tablets Recently Received Concerning the Laying of the Foundation of the Mushrekal—Azkar in America. n.p.. n.d. [1918?]. 2 .

[VhSd Order Through World Faith. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1946. 32 p.

D. WORKS COMPILED FROM THE WRITINGS OF Bahá’u’lláh, THE BAB AND ‘ABDU’L-BAHA (including items with quotations from Shoghi Effendi and the Universal House of J ustice)

Alláh’u’abhd! .' A Selection of Bahá’í Prayers. comp. Kate Ball. San Diego: Local Spiritual Assemb1y Of the Bahá’ís of San Diego, 1980. 24 p.

. America’s God-Given Mission: A Compilation for

Round—Tuble Study. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1952. 49 p.

Arise to Serve: A Compilation. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1971. 122 p.

Axxurance Of Immortality: Excerpts from the Words of Bahd’u‘lla’h and ‘Abdu’l-Bahá. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1939. [2] p.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá‘t’ Publishing Committee. 1942. 4 p.

Bahá’í’ Answers: A Compilation. comp. Olivia Kelsey. Independence. Mo; Lambert Moon Printers and Publishers. 1947. 1947. 258 p.

Bahá’í’ Code of Conduct: Selections from the Sacred Writings. Kuala Lumpur: National Buhz’l‘t’ Information Service. 1967. 40 p.

Bahá’í’ Consultation: The Lamp of Guidance. Universal House of Justice. Mona Vale: Publications Australia. 1978. 30 p. See

4.119, 5.118.

comp. Bahá’í

1. 486

. Bultd’t’ Education: A Compilation. Wilmette: Bahá’í’

Publishing Trust. 1977. 1978. xi, 77 p. See #4814.82.

. Bahá’í Family Life: A Compilation. comp. by Mary

K. Radpour, n.p.. n.d. [196—7]. 38, [3] p.

. Bahá’í’ Institutionx: A Compilation. New Delhi:

Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1973. 140 p.

.. Bahá’í Marriage and Family Life: Selections from

the Writings of the Bahá’í Faith. Thornhill: Bahá’í Canada Publications. 1983. 82 p.

. Bahá’íMeett'ngx, the Nineteen Day Feaxt. comp. the

Universal House of Justice. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1976, 1980. iii, 33p. Sec #4146,

4.18.

4.19.

4.20.

4.21.

4.22.

4.23.

4.195.

. The Bahai Message: From the Creative Ward? 3f

Baha'a'llah and Abdu’l-Bahá, Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. 1920. 20 p.

. The Buhai Movement and Esperanto. Schaller.

Iowa: United States Esperanto Association. n.d. [after 1913] (New York: Hanover Press). [4] p.

. Bahá’í Prayers. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Com mittee. 1927. 1929. 1929 [1936 with newer translations]. 16 p.

Various editions of Bahá’í prayerhooks are available in Fr. Ge. 11. P0. Sp.

. Bahd’z‘ Prayers. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Com mittee. 1933. 34 p.; 1935, 1938. 40 p,

Bahá’í’ Prayers. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1941. 1942. 1944, 1945. 1947. 72 p.

idem. Wi1mette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1949, 1952. 121 p.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1954. 189 p.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1957. 1962. 1967. 1969. 1970. 1973. 1975. 1978. 1981. 189 p.

idem. [New. expanded and rev. ed.] Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1982. ix, 276 p. (in soft cover, hard cover and deluxe bindings)‘

Bahd'z’ Prayers. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1954. 112 p. (white prayerbook containing only the first section of what is included in #421).

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1967.

1970. 1974, 1978. 1979. 112 p. (white prayerbook containing only the first section of what is included in #421).

. Bahá’í Prayerx. Mona Vale: Bahá’í Publications

Australia. 1982. xvi. 141 p."

. Bahai Prayerx. n.p.. n.d. [196—7]. 16 p.

[Page 874]874

4.27.

4.52.

4.53.

4.54.

4.55.

. Bahá’í Prayers for Children. Wilmette:

'l‘HE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

Bahá’í’ Prayers. Baker Lake. N.W.T.: Baker Lake Bahá’í Group. 1964. 13 p.

. Bahá’í Prayers. [Tallahassee Fla; Local Spiritual

Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Tallahassee. [1970 or 1971]. [8] p.

. Bahá’í Prayers. [Kuala Lumpur]: Bahz'l‘l’ Publishing

Trust. 1970. 62 p.

. Bahá’í Prayers. London: Bahá’í National Spiritual

Assembly. 1927. 16 p.

. Buhti't’ Prayerx. Lusaka: National Spiritual Assem bly Of the Bahá’ís of Zambia, 1979. 13 p.

uBahá’í' Prayerx. Manila: National Spiritual Assem bly of the Bahá’ís of the Philippines. 1976. 23 p.

. Bahá’í Prayers. [Port—of—Spain]: National Spiritual

Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Trinidad and Tobago. [1976]. 16 p.

. Bahá’í Prayers. Suva. Fiji: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1978. 18 p.

. Bahá’í Prayers: A Seleclion. London: Bahá’í Pub lishing Trust, n.d. [between 1945 21nd 1951?]. 110p.

. idem. Rev. ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1951. 107.62 p.

. idem. New ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1967. 107. 58 p.

. idem. Rev. ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1975. 108. 58 p.

. Bahá’í Prayers: A Selection. London: Bahá’í Pub lishing Trust, 1945. 95 p. (contains only the first section of #4.35—4.38).

. idem. Rev. ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1951. 107p. (contains only the first section of

1. 4.35—.4.38).

. idem. Rev. ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1975. 108p. (contains only the first section of

1. 4.35—4.38).

. Bahá’í’ Prayers: A Seleclian. Rev. ed. New Delhi:

Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1970, 1976. 107. 58 p. Sec

1. 437.

. Bahá’í Prayers: An Introductory Seleclian. [Kuala

Lumpur]: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. Malaysia. 1973.

. Bahá’í’ Prayers and Meditations—The Bub. Balui'u' lltih. ‘Abdu'l—Baha’. [Davison‘ Mich.?: Louhclcn Bahá’í Sch0017]. n.d. [193—?]. 31 p. (contains two pictures of the Louhelen Bahá’í School).

. Bahti'l’ Prayers and Tablets for Children. Lusaka:

National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Zambia, n.d. [1979?]. 40 p.

. Bahá’í Prayers and Tablets for [he Young. Wil mette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1978. 30 p.

. Bahá’í Prayerx for Children. Karachi: Bahá’í Pub lishing Trust. n.d. [1976?]. 33 p.

. Bahá’í Prayers for Children. n.p., n.d. [1929 or

later]. (Prayers from 1929 praycrbook.) Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1956. 53 p.

. Bahá’í Prayerx for Children = Sula za Kiba/za'i kwa

Wulolo. Nairobi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1983 (Nairobi: Acme Press). 11. 10p. English and Swahili lcxt.

. Bahá’í Prayers for Special Occasions. London:

Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1945. 1951. 62 p.

Bahá’í Quotations 0n Educalion. comp. National Child Education Committee. Honolulu: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the Hawaiian Islands, 1971. 47 p.

idem. Honolulu: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the Hawaiian Islands, 1974. 72 p. Bahá’í References an Education. Cd. Advisory Committee on Education. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1966. 1970. 102 p. (Bahá’í Teacher‘s Handbook; v. 1).

Bahá’í Revelation. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

4.56.

4.57.

4.58.

4.59.

4.60.

4.61.

4.62.

4.63.

4.64.

4.65.

4.66.

4.67. 4.68.

1955. xi. 339. P0.

idem. Rev. ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1970. xi, 339 p.

Bahá’í’ Scripmres. comp. Horace Holley. New York: Brentano’s. 1923. xii. 576 p.

idem. 2nd ed. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1928. xii, 576 p.

Bahti‘z’ Teachers. London: Bahá’í Education Committee of the National Spiritual Assembly of the United Kingdom. n.d. [1980?] [4] p.

Bahá’í Teachings on Economics: A Compilation. prepared by Bahá’í Teaching Committee from material gathered by Committee on Economics. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. n.d. [1934?]. 15 leaves. (Two variants. one having large lettering on cover double underlining; the second has ‘10c per copy nct‘.)

Bahd'z’ World Faith. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1943. 465 p. Fr.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1943. 465 p. (bound in red leather and inscribed in gold ‘1844—1944‘ as a special centennial souvenir of only 500 copies).

idem. 2nd ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1956. 1966, 1969, 1971, 1976. vi, 465 p.

Bahzi’l’ Writings: Prayerx Revealed by Bnhd’u’lla’h (1nd ‘Abdu’l-Bahá, ulxo excerpts from Bahá’í Writings. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1942. 1947. 56 p.

Bahá’í Writings on Muxic. [London]: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. n.d. [1973?] 11 p. (Bahá’í Publishing Trust Compilation Series; no. 4). Sec #4.77—4.78. Bahá’u’lláh’x Message. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1967. 24 p.

Book of Prayers. n.p.. n.d. [190—?]. 96 p.

idem. n.p., n.d. [191—7]. (Newark: Brant & Borden). 107 p.

. idem. n.p., n.d. [19l—?]. 107 p. (hard cover variant.

n0 printer listed).

. idem. n.p.. n.d. [l9l—?]. 107p. (title on cover.

pn'nted on bible paper).

. The Chalice of Immortality. comp. Hushidar Mot lagh. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, [1979]. xv, 118 p.

. Children’s Teaching: A Compilation of Quotes

Pertaining to [he Education of Children. Thornhill: Bahá’í National Office [i.e. National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Canada]. n.d. [(111970],

. A Child's Prayer Book. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publish ing Committee. 1942. 1943. 15 leaves.

. Communion With God. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publish ing Committee, 1943. 1945, 1947. 22 p.; 1950, 1953. 23 p.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1960 and

many subsequent printings. 24 p.

. idem. Monrovia: National Spiritual Assembly of thc

Bahá’ís of Liberia. 1971. 31 p.

. A Compilation of Bahá’í Writings on Music. comp.

Research Department of the Universal House of Justice. 2nd ed. Oakham; London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1983. v, 13 p. (Bahá’í Publishing Trust Compilation Series; no. 4). Cover title: Bahá’í’ Writings on Music. See #465. 4.78.

. Compilalion Of Extracls from (he Bahá’í Writing: on

Music. [Johannesburgz National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of South and West Africa], 1972. 6 leaves. See #465, 4.77.

. Compilation of the Holy Utterances of Baha'o'llah

and Abdu’l-Bahá Concerning the Most Great Peace, War and Duty of the Bahais Toward Their Government. Chicago: Authorized by the 10th Annual Convention of the Bahá’ís of America, 1918. 200 p.

[Page 875]4.84.

4.85.

4.86.

4.87. 4.88. 4.89.

4.90.

4.99

4.100.

4.101.

4.102.

.

BAHA 1 BIBLIOGRAPHY

. idem. 2nd ed. Boston: The Tudor Press. 1918.

200 p.

. A Compilation (m Bahá’í Education. comp. RC scarch Department of the Universal House of Justice. Haifa: Buhé‘l’ World Centre. 1976. 83 p. Sec #49.

. idem. London: Bahá’í‘l’ Publishing Trust. 1976. vi.

83 p. (Bahá’í Publishing Trust Compilation Series: n0. 7).

. A Compilation on the Importance of Deepening Our

Undcmanding and Knowledge of the Faith. comp. Research Depanment of the Universal House of Justice, Oakham; London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1983. iv. 44 p. (Bahá’í Publishing Trust Compilation Series; no. 15). See #4.122—4.123. 4155—4156.

A Compilation on the Importance of Prayer. Meditaliun and the Devotional Attitude. comp. Research Department of the Universal House of Justice. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1981. 20 p. (Bahá’í Publishing Trust Compilation Series; no. 11). Cover title: The Importance of Prayer. Meditation and the Devotional Attitude. See #4.]24—4.126, 4.165. 4207—4208.

Concord. [Kingston]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Jamaica. 1980. 13 p. Sec #499.

Consultation: A Compilation. comp. Research Department of the Universal House of Justice. Wilmctte: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1980. 23 p. Sec

1. 48. 4.119, 5.118.

The Covenant Of Bahá'u’lltih: A Compilation. Manchester: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1950. xxi. 155 p.

idem. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1963. xxiv, 154 p.

The Dawn of World Civilization. n.p.: World Order Magazine, 1945. 8 p.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1945. 8 p

. Death the Messenger of Joy. comp. Madeleine

Hcllaby. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1980. 9, 34 p.

. Deepening the Spiritual Life. [Santurcelz Puerto

Rico Bahá’í Teaching Committee. 1976. 41 p.

. Distinctive Characteristics afa Bahá’í Life: A Com pilation. n.p.: Continental Board of Counsellors in Southern Africa, 1974. 25 p.

. The Divine Art of Living. comp. Mabel Hyde

Paine. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1944. 1946, 1949. 1953. 132 p. Fr. Ge, Sp.

.idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1956.

132 p.

. idem. Rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1956, 1960. 1965, 1970. 1972. 1973, 1974. 130p.

. idem. 4th rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing

Trust, 1979. 130 p.

. Divine Wixdom: Brief Excerpm' from the Writings of

Bahd'u’lltih 11nd ‘Abdu'LBahti. Publishing Trust, 1946. ix, 63 p. Divorce: A Compilation Dealing with the Bahá't’ Attitude Towards the Subject of Divorce. comp. Universal House of Justice. Mona Vale: Bahá’í Publications Australia. 1980. 14 p. See #485. Education: Compilation Including Tablets. Prayers and Smriex Taken from the Uttvram'es (1f Bulm‘U/luh um! Abdul Buhu. comp: Children's Educational Work Committee. [Chicago't]: Children's Educational Work Committee. 1923. 22 leaves. Enkindle the Souls: Raising the Quality of Teaching. [Nairobi]: Continental Board of Counsellors in Africa, [1982]. 36 p.

Excellence In All Things. comp. Research Department of the Universal House of Justice. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1981. 18 p. (Bahá’í Pub London: Bahá't’

4.103.

4.104.

4.105.

4.106.

4.107.

4.108.

4.109.

4.110.

4.111.

4.112.

4.113.

4.114.

4.115.

4.116.

4.117.

4.118.

4.119.

4.120.

4.121.

4.122.

4.123.

4.124.

875

lishing Trust Compilation Series: no. 13).

idem. Charlotte Amalie: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the Virgin Islands. [1982]. 11 p.

idem. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1982. 34 p.

idem. Mona Vale: Bahá’í Publications Australia. 1982. 21 13.

Family Life. comp. Research Department of the Universal House of Jusfice. Mona Vale: Bahá’í Publications Australia. 1982. 36 p.

idem. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1982. 67 p.

idem. Auckland: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of New Zealand. 1982. 25 p.

idem. Lagos: Publishing Committee of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Nigeria. 1982. 51 p.

idem. Oakham: London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1982. 34 p. (Bahá’í Publishing Trust Compilation Seriesz'no. 14).

The Fire Tablet; and. Prayer Revealed by ‘Abdu’l-Bahá’ in Which Mention is Made of Persecutiom'. the Martyred Friends and Their Relatives. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1983. 17 p. See #13. 1.25—1.28. 1.88—1.89. 1.106.

Follow in Their Footsteps: Compilatianx Of Texts About General Guidelines for Bahá’ís Engaged in the Teaching Work. [81. Thomas]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the Leeward and Virgin Islands. 1977. 24 leaves. Sec #4114. 4.128. 4.216—4217.

The Garden of the Heart. comp. Frances Esly. East Aurora. N.Y.: Roycroftcrs, 1930. 82 p.

The Gift of Teaching. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1977. 36 p. (Bahá’í Publishing Trust Compilation Series: no. 9). See #4.]12. 4.128, 4.2154.216.

The Glad Tidings of Bahzi'u‘lláh. comp. George Townshcnd. London: John Murray. 1949, 1956. vi, 111 p. (Wisdom of the East Series).

idem. Rev. ed. Oxford: George Ronald. 1975. 1978. vi. 116 p.

God's Eternal Legacy. comp. Della Emery [01. a1.]. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1949. 97 leaves.

A Guide 10 Parents in the Education and Training of Children. Scarborough. OnL: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, n.d. [196—]. 19 p.

The Heaven of Divine Wisdom. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1978. 16p. (Bahá’í Publishing Trust Compilation Series; no. 10). See #48, 4.86. 5.118.

‘Hidden Words’. and Communex from the Pens Of Balm Ullah and Abdu’l-Bahá. n.p.. n.d. [l90—?]. 23 p.

Holy Utterances Revealed by Buha'Ullah and the Master. Abdul Balm Regarding the Necessity for Steadfasmess and Effort in the Prexent Time, that Thereby the Believers May Be Strengthened and Made Ready Under All Conditions. [0 Stand Firm in the Covenant. [Washington, DC: Remey]. 1905. 10 leaves.

The Imporlu'nce Of Deepening Our Knowledge and Understanding of the Faith. [Kuala Lumpur]: Bahá’í’ Publishing Trust Committee, Spiritual Assembly of the Bahzi‘l’s of Malaysia. 1983. ii, 44 p. See #4.]33, 4.148, 4.155—4.156.

idem. Thornhill: Bahá’í’ Community of Canada, 1983. iii. 53 p.

The Importance of Prayer, Meditation and the Devotional Attitude. comp. Universal House of

[Page 876]876

4.125. 4.126. 4.127.

4.128.

4.129.

4.130.

4.131.

4.132.

4.133.

4.134.

4.135.

4.136.

4.137.

4.138.

4.139.

4.140.

4.141.

4.142. 4.143.

4.144.

4.145.

4.146.

4.147.

THE Bahá’í’ WORLD

Justice. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1980. 46 p. See #484. 4165. 4207—4208.

idem. [Kingston]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Jamaica. 1980. 29 p.

idem. [Auckland]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahz’t‘t’s of New Zealand. 1980. 24 p.

In Praise of God: Prayerx for Bahá’ís. Wilmette: Bahá‘t’ Publishing Trust. 1974. 1978. 11 p.

The Individual and Teaching. Raising the Divine Call. Wilmette: Bahá‘t’ Publishing Trust. 1977. 40 p. Sec #4112. 4.114. 4.215—4216.

idem. Thornhill: Bahá’í Community of Canada. 1977. 40 p.

Inxpiring the Heart: Selections front the Writings of the B(ib. Bahá‘u’lltih and ‘Abdu’l—Buhd. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, [1981]. 200 p.

Investing in the Children‘s Future: Whal Parentx (1nd Asxembliex Can Do: Excerpts from the Btlhti't’ Writingx from the Compilation on Bahá’í' Education by the Universal House of Justice. comp. Chellic Sundram. [Kuala Lumpur: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. Malaysia. 1983.] 30 p.

Justice & l’em‘e: A Compendium of Qttutatinnxfrom the Bahá’í Writings. [Paddingtoni’]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Australia. [1968]. 6 leaves.

Keys to Succesx: The Importance of Deepening Our Knowledge & Understanding of the Faith. comp. Universal House of Justice. Auckland: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of New Zealand. 1983. 36 p. Sce #4.122—4.123. 4.148. 4155-4156. Let Thy Breeze Refresh Them: Bahá’í’ Prayers and Tablets for Children. Oakham. England: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1976. 46 p.

Ltfe After Death. comp. Barbara Mason. Honolulu: Hawaii Bahá’í Press, 1977. ii, 34 p.

Life Eternal: Extracts from the Writings of Buhri'u'Ilzih and ‘Abdu’l-Bahá, comp. Mary Rumscy Movius. East Aurora, N.Y.: Roycroft Shops. 1936. 1937. 178 p.

The Love of God: An Introductory Selection of Balui‘z’ Prayers. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1972. 24 p.

Magnified Be Thy Name: Pruyerx and Thoughts for Children from the Bahá’í Holy Writingx. comp. Child Education Committee of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the United Kingdom. London: Bahá‘t’ Publishing Trust, 1956. 1976. 58 p.

The Mention of God: A Selection of Bahá’í’ Prayers. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1971. 11 p. idem. [Kingston]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Jamaica, n.d. [1980?]. 25 p.

A Mighty River. comp. Audrie Reynolds. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1977, 1980. 53 p.

The Most Great Peace. Boston: Tudor Press. 1916. The Most Great Peace. New York: Local Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the City of New York. n.d. [193—?]. (Two variants. onc 15p. and one 16 D.)

My Prayer Book. [Mbabanc]: National Children‘s Committee of the Bahá’ís of Swaziland. Lesotho. Mozambique, n.d. [before 1974]. 30 p.

New Day: Prophecies and Precepls from the Utteranees of Baha'o’llah and Abdul Balm. comp. Isabel F. Chamberlain. New York: The Fellowship Press Service. n.d. [191—].

The Nineteen Day Feast, (1 Compilation. Lusaka: National Spiritual Assembly 01 the Bahz’t‘t’s of Zambia, 1977. 22 p. see #413. 4.195.

() Gad. Guide Me!: A Selection of the Prayers Revealed by Bahd’u'lláh, the Báb, and 'Abdu'l 4.148.

4.149.

4.156.

4.157.

4.158.

4.161.

4.162. 4.163.

4.164.

4.165.

4.166.

4.167. 4.168.

4.169.

4.170.

Bahzi. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1974. 1976, v. 38 p.: 1978. 198(1.v.39 p.

The Ocean of My Words: The Importance of Deepening Our Knowledge and Understanding of the Faith: Extracts from the Writings of Bahá'u’lláh. the Writingx and Utterances Of ‘Abdu’l-Bahá', the Letters of Shoghi Effendi and Letters Written on Behalf of Shoghi Effendi. comp. The Research Department of the Universal House of Justice. Mona Vale: Bahá‘t’ Publications Australia. 1983. 52 p. See #4.]22—4.123. 4155—4156.

The Oneness of Mankind. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1927. v, 58 p.

. The Onward March of the Faith. London: Bahá’í

Publishing Trust. 1975. 15p. (Bahá’í‘t’ Publishing Trust Compilation Series; n0. 6).

. The Pattern of Bahá’í’ Life. London: Bahá’í Publish ing Trust, 1948. 55 p. Fr. Ge. Po.

. idem. 2nd ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1953. 64 p.

. idem. 3rd ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust,

1963. 1968. 1970, 1973. 1983. 63 p.

. Peace. (1 Divine Creation. Wilmette: National Spiri tual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the United States and Canada. 1943. 26 p.

. Pearlx of Wisdom: A Compilation on Deepening.

[comp.] by the Universal House of Justice. [1(arachi]: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1983. 118 p. Scc

1. 4.]22, 4.133. 4.148. 4.156.

Pearly of Wisdom: The Importance of Deepening Our Knowledge and Understanding of the Faith. comp. Research Department of the Universal House of Justice. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.1983. 124 p. Sec #4.]22. 4.133, 4.148. 4.155. Pioneering and Travel Teaching. [Santurce]: Puerto Rico Bahá’í Teaching Committee, 1975. 14 leaves. The Power of Divine Assistance. comp. Research Department of the Universal House of Justice. Mona Vale: Bahz’t’t’ Publications Australia. 1981. 27 p.

. idem. New Delhi: Bahz't‘t' Publishing Trust. 1981.

48 p.

. idem. Oakham; London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1981. iii. 24 p. (Bahz’t‘t’ Publishing Trust Compilation Series; no. 12).

idem. [Thornhill]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Canada, 1982. iv, 82 p. Also includes selected prayers.

The Power of the Covenant. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1956. 14 p.

idem. Rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1972. 22 p.

A Prayer Book for Children. Sydney: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Australia and New Zealand. n.d. [195— or 196—]. 9 p.

Prayer. Meditatiun and the Devotional Attitude. comp. the Universal House of Justice. Mona Vale: Bahá’í Publications Australia, 1980. 27 p. See

1. 484. 4124—4126, 4207—4208.

Prayer of Bahd’u'lláh. Prayers and Tablets Of ‘Abdu’l-Bahá. trans. Shoghi Effendi. Boston. 1923. 32 p.

idem. 2nd ed. New York: Bahzi't' Publishing C0mmittce. 1924. 31 p.

idem. 3rd ed. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1926. 32 p.

[Prayers]. n.p., n.d. [between 1899 and 1901?]. [14] p. Prayers and a note on the Ascension of Bahá‘u’lla’th. Untitled.

Prayerx and Meditationx. By the Báb, Bahá’u’lláh and ‘Abdu’l-Bahá. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1929. ix. 210p. Cover title: Bahd‘t’

[Page 877]4.171.

4.172.

4.173.

4.174.

4.175.

4.176.

4.177.

4.178.

4.179. 4.180. 4.181. 4.182. 4.183. 4.184. 4.185. 4.186. 4.187. 4.188. 4.189.

4.190.

4.191. 4.192. 4.193.

4.194.

4.195.

4.1961

4.197.

1;AHA"1’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

Prayerx.

idem. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1931. 37 p. Cover title: Daily Pmyerx.

Prayerxfor Children. Nuku‘alofa: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Tonga and the Cook Islands, n.d. [1973?]. 19 p.

Prayers for Morning, Noon and Night. [Victoria]: National Teaching Committee of the National Spiritual Assembly of the lehé‘is of Cameroon. [198]]. 13 p,

Prtlyerx Revealed by Bahá’u’lláh, the Bu’b. and ‘Abdu’l-Bahá. trans. Shoghi Effendi. New York: Bahá’í Pub|ishing Committee, 1939. 24 p.

Pmyerx. Tablets. Instructions: and Miscellany Gathered by American Visitors to the Holy City During the Summer of 1900. Chicago: The Adair Press. 1900, 91 p.

Prohibition of Intoxicating Drinkx. Lagos: Publishing Committee of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Nigeria. 1982. 21 p.

Purify My Heart: Bahá’í’ Prayers for Children. [Tainan]: Bahá’í Publishing Trust of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Taiwan, 1983. 14 [i.e. 28] p.

The Purpose of Man’s Creation. Port-of-Spain: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Trinidad and Tobago, 1980. 5 leaves.

Racial Amity. comp. M.11. 21nd M.M. [Mariam Haney and Mountfort Mills]. n.p.. 1924. 20 p.

The Reality of Brotherhood. Wilmette: Bahá’í Public Relations. 1946. [3] p.

The Reality of Man. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1931. viii, 61 p. Sp.

idem. 2nd ed. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1935. viii, 61 p.

idem. 3rd ed. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1939. viii. 61 p.

idem. 4th ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1942. viii. 61 p1

idem. 5th ed. Wilmette: Bahá't’ Publishing Committee. 1945. viii. 61 p.

idem. 6th ed. Wilmette: Bahá‘t’ Publishing Committee, 1947. viii. 61 p.

idem. 7th ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1956. viii. 61 p.

idem. 1962 ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1962. 1966. 1969. 1972. 1975, 1979. viii, 61 p. idem. Indian ed. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1971. viii, 61 p.

Remembrance of God: A Short Selection of Bahá’z’ Prayers. New Delhi: Bahá‘t’ Publishing Trust, n.d1 [196—]. 28 p.

idem. 3rd rev. ed. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1979. 56 p.

idem. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1980. 39 p.

idem. [Thornhill]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’í‘t’s of Canada. 1979. [23] p.

River of sze: A Selection from the Teachingx of Bahu Ullah and Abdu’l-Bahá/ with Explanation and Preface by Johanna Dawud. London: Cope & Fenwick. 1914.

Seeking the Light of the Kingdom: Compilations lsxued by the Universal House of Justice on the Nineteen-Day Feast and Bahá’í Meetings. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1977. 32 p. (Bahá‘t’ Publishing Trust Compilation Series: n0. 8). See #413, 4.146.

Selected Bahá’í’ Prayers. [London]: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, [1974]. 18 p.

A Selection of Bahá’í’ Prayers and Holy Writings. Enl. ed. [Kuala Lumpur]: Bahá’í Publishing Trust

4.198.

4.199.

4.200.

4.201.

4.202.

4.203.

4.204.

4.205. 4.206.

4.207.

4.208.

4.209.

4.210.

4.211.

4.212.

4.213.

4.214.

4.215.

4.216.

4.217.

4.218.

4.219.

4.220.

4.221.

877

Committee, Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Malaysia. 1983. 119 p.

Selections from Balt(i’t’ Scripture. [comp. David Hofman]. Manchester: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1941. 334 p.

.S‘electimzs from Bahá’í Writings for Uxe at Declarations“. comp. National Teaching Committee. [Africa‘?. 196—?]. 9 p.

Selections from the Holy Utterances on the Subject of Unity. [Washingtom D.C.: Remey?. 191—?]. 8 leaves.

Some Axpects of Health and Healing: Selectionx from the Bahá’í Writingx. comp. the Universal House of Justice. [Auckland]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of New Zealand. 1981. 18 p.

Some Prayerx for Children. London: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the United Kingdom, [1979]. 4 p.

Some Special Bahri't’ Prayers and Tablets. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1945.

Spirit Lifters: Selected from the Writingx of the Bahzi't' Faith. [C21nada?. 195—?]. 6 p.

idem. [United States. 195— or 196—]. 20 p. Spiritual Enrichment. [Kuala Lumpur: Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Malaysia. 1983]. 19 p. Spiritual Foundations: Prayer, Meditation and the Devotional Attitude. comp. Research Department of the Universal House of Justice. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1980. iii. 20 p. Sec #484. 4.1244126. 4.165.

idem. Thornhill, Ont.: Bahá’í’ Community of Canada. 1980. iii. 20 p.

Spiritual Sustenunce: Bahá’z’ Prayerx. Kampala: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1972. 27 p.

The Splendour of God. comp. Eric Hammond. New York: E. P. Dutton, 1910. 124 p.

idem. London: John Murray. 1909. 1910, 1911. 124 p. (Wisdom of the East Series).

The Supreme Gift of God to Man: Selectiom from the Bahá’í Writings on the Value, Development and Use of the Intellect. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1973, 1973, 1977. 1980. ix. 21p. (Bahá’í Comprehensive Deepening Program).

Tablets, Communes and Holy Utterances. n.p.. [1897]. 23 p.

Tablets Revealed by the Blessed Perfection and Abdul Beha Abbax, Brought to This Country by Haji Mirza Hassan, Mirza Assad‘UIlah and Mirza Hussien. New York: Board of Counsel, 1900. 13 p. Tabletx Revealed in Honor of the Greatest Holy Leaf. New York: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the United States and Canada, 1933 (New York: J. 1. Little and Ives). 9 p.

Teaching, the Greatext Gift of God. comp. Universal House of Justice. [Mona Vale]: Bahá’í’ Publications Australia, 134 [1977]. 39 p. See #4112, 4.114, 4.128.

idem. [Lusaka2 National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Zambia, 1978?]. 19 p.

To Know Thee and to Worship Thee. [Ponape1 National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of North West Pacific Ocean. 1977]. 6 p.

The Training and Education of Children. [Thornhill]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Canada, 1976. v, 78 p1

Universal Principles of the Bahai Movement, Social, Economic, Governmental. Washington: PersianAmerican Bulletin, 1912. 60 p.

Victory Promises. Honolulu: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the Hawaiian Islands, 1978. 30 p. ‘

[Page 878]878

4.222.

4.223.

4.224.

4.225.

5.2.

5.3.

5.4.

5.5.

5.6.

5.7.

5.8.

THE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

What Modern Man Must Know About Religion: Selected Bahd‘z’ Teachings. Wilmette: Bahá’í PubIishing Committee, 1948. 29 leaves.

Why Our Ciliex Burn: Viewx 0n the Racial Crixis in the United States from the Writingx of the Bahá’í Faith. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. [1968]. 24 p.

Words of God: A Compilation of Prayerx and Tablets from the Bahá’í’ Writingx. [Charlotte Amalie: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the Virgin Islands, 1981]. 34 p.

idem. [Scout Bahá’í Publishing Trust of Korea. 1981]. 34 p.

4.226. 4.227.

4.228.

4.229.

4.230.

4.231.

idem. [Haifa]: Bahá’í World Centre. 1981. 34 p. idem. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1982. 34 p.

idem. [Nairobiz Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1982?]. 34 p

idem. [Lagos]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Nigeria. 1982. 34 p.

World Commonwealth of Baltd'u’lla’h. Kuala Lumpur: Malaya Bahá’í Society, n.d. [196—?]. [12] p. idem. New Delhi: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of India. 1968. 14 p.

. idem. New Delhi: Bahá‘t’ Publishing Trust. n.d.

[197—1. 16 p.

E. THE WRITINGS OF SHOGHI EFFENDI

. The Advent Of Divine Jum'ce. New York: Bahá’í

Publishing Committee, 1939, 1939. 77 p. Fr, Ge. 1t. Po, Sp.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá‘t’ Publishing Committee. 1940, 1948. 77 p.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1956. 90 p.

idem. lst rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1963. v, 90 p.

idem. 1969 cd. Wilmette: Bahá’í Pub|ishing Trust. 1969, 1971, 1974. v. 90 p.

idem. Indian ed. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, n.d. [between 1970 and 1977]. v. 90p. America and the Most Great Peace. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1933. 26 p.

idem. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. [1933?]. pp. 71—94.

. Arahanui: Letters from Shoghi Effendi 10 New

Zealand. Suva, Fiji: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1982. xiii, 111 p.

. Bahá’í Administration. New York: Bahá‘t’ Publish ing Committee, 1928. viii. 155 p.

. idem. 2nd ed. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Com mittee. 1933. viii. 188, [97] p.

. idem. 3rd ed. New York: Bahá't’ Publishing Com mittee, 1936.

.. idem. 4th ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Com mittee, 1941. viii, 197 p.

. idem. 5th ed. Wilmette: Bahá‘t’ Publishing Commit tee, 1945. viii, 197 p.

. idem. 5th rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahzi‘t’ Publishing

Trust. 1960. x. 197 p.

. idem. 1968 ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1968. x, 209 p.

. idem. 1974 ed. Wilmette: Bahá‘t’ Publishing Trust.

1974, [1980]. x, 209 p.

. The Bahá’í Faith, 1844—1944: Information Slatixlical

and Comparative. Haifa, 1944 (Haifa: Warhaftig's Press). 26 p. Sec #5140.

. The Bahá’í Faith, 1844—1950: Information Statirtical

and Comparative. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1950. 35 p.

. The Bahá’í Faith, 1844—1952: Information Statisti cal and Comparative. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1952. 74 p.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1953.

74 p.

. Bahá’z’ Funds and Cuntributiom. comp. Universal

House of Justice. [Thornhill]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Canada, 1970. 1974. 24 p. Sec #547. 5.72.

. The Bahá’í Life. comp. Universal House of Justice.

Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1981. 22 p. Sec

1. 5.46, 5.74—5.79.

.Bahá’í Youth: A Compilation. comp. National

Spiritual Assembly 01 the Bahá’ís of the United States. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1973. 33 p.

. Call to the Nations. camp. the Universal House of

Justice. Haifa: Buhz’t’t’ World Centre, 1977. xviii, 69 p. Fr, 00. lt.1’o.Sp.

. idem. [New Delhi: Bahzi'l' Publishing Trust, 1977?].

xviii. 69 p.

. Centers of Bahá’í' Learning. comp. Universal House

of Justice. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1980. iii. 20 p.

. idem. Thornhill, OnL: Bahá’í Community of Cana da. 1980. iii. 20p.

. Challenge: Messagex Io Bahti't’ Youth. Thornhill:

National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Canada. 1975. 20. 20 p.

. The Challenging Requirements of the Present Hour.

Wilmette: National Spiritual Assembly of the'Bahá’ís Of the United States and Canada, 1947.

. Charter ofa Divine Civilization. Wilmette: National

Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the United States, 1956. 14 p.

. Citadel of Faith. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust,

1965. 1970. 1980. ix. 178 p.

.. The Citadel of the Faith of Bahá’u’lláh. Wilmette:

National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá‘t’s Of the United States. 1948. 7 p.

, Continental Board: of Counsellors. comp. the Uni versal House of Justice. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, [1971]. 20 p. (Bahz't‘t’ Publishing Trust Compilation Series; n0. 2). Sec #568—569.

. idem. 2nd ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1973. 24 p.; 1981. 23 p. (Bahá’í Publishing Trust Compilation Series: no. 2).

. The Dawn 0/ :1 New Day. New Delhi: Bahá’í

Publishing Trust. n.d. [1970?]. xii. 233 p.

. The Destiny ofAmcrica. New York: Bahá’í Publish ing Committee. 1940. 1941. 1944. 7 p.

. The Destiny of the American Nation: To Proclaim

the Unity of Mankind. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1947. 6 p.

. Directives front the Guardian. comp. Gertrude

Garrida. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1973. xiii. 92 p. Sp.

. idem. New Delhi: Bahá‘t’ Publishing Trust, n.d.

[after 1973]. (New Delhi: Arcee Press). x, 80 p.

. idem. New Delhi: Bahá't’ Publishing Trust for the

National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís Of the Hawaiian Islands, 1973. xiii, 92 p.

. The Dispensan'on Of Bahá’u’lláh. New York: Bahá’í’

Publishing Committee, 1934, 1937. 1940. 65 p. Fr.

[Page 879]5.43.

5.44.

5.68.

BAHA‘I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

Ge. 1!. P0. Sp.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1960. 1970. 1981. 65 p.

idem. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1947. 1981. 69 p.

. idem. lst Indian ed. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing

Trust, 1977.

. Excerptx fram the Writings of the Guardian on the

Bahtt'z’ Life. comp. Universal House of Justice. Toronto: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Canada. 1973. 22 p. See #5.23. 5.74—5.79.

. EXIHICLY front the Guardimt’x Lelterx an Bahá’í’

Funds and Contributions. comp. Universal House of Justice. [Vietoria?: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the Cameroon Republic?. 1970]. 14 p. See #522. 5.72.

. The Faith of Bahá’u’lláh, a World Religion. Wil<

mette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1947. 8 p.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1959.

1966. 1971. 20 p.: 1980. 21 p.

. The Future World Commonwealth. WiImettc: Na tional Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the United States and Canada, 1936. 16 p.

. The Generation of the Half—Light.’ A Compilation

for Bahti't‘ Youth. prepared by Arjun Rastogi. New Delhi: Bahz't’t' Publishing Trust. 1974. ix, 63 p.

. The Goal Ufa New World Order. New York: Bahá’í

Publishing Committee. 1931.

. idem. Wilmette: National Spiritual Assembly of thc

Bahá’ís of the United States and Canada, [1938] 28 p.

'. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1971.

1976. 24 p.

. A God Given Mandate. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publish ing Committee. 1946.

. God Fumes By. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Com mittee. 1944. 1945. xxiii, 412 p.; 1950. xxiii. 412. [22] p. Fr. Ge. It. P0, Sp.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1957.

1965. 1970. xxiii. 412.22 p.

. idem. [Rev. ed.] Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1974. 1979. xxiii. 436 p.

. The Golden Age of the Cause of Baltd'u’lltih. New

York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1932. 20 p.

. The Greatest Holy Leaf: A Tribute to Bahtyyih

Khánum. London: National Spiritual Assembly Of the Bahzi‘t’s Of the United Kingdom. n.d. [1980?]. 141p

. Guidance for Today and Tomorrow. comp. Nation al Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís Of the British Isles. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1953, 1973. xi. 273 p.

. Guidance for Youth. comp. National Spiritual As sembly Of the Bahá’ís of the United Kingdom. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. [between 1963 and 1969]. 11 p.; 1969. 12 p.

_. The Heart of the Entire Planet. London: National

Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís Of the British Isles. n.d. [1939 or 1940?]. 6 leaves.

. High Ehdeavorx: Messages to Alaska. [Anchorage]:

National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Alaska. n.d. [1975?]. xi, 112 p.

. idem. [Anchorage]: National Spiritual Assembly of

the Habits of Alaska. 1976. ix. 85 p.

. Importance and Methods of Close Collaboration

Amongst the Institutions of the Faith. n.p.: Continental Board of Counsellors in Africa. 1982. 13 p.

. The Importance of Teaching Indigenous People.

comp. the Universal House of Justice. [Toronto]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Canada. 1968. 35 p. See #5106. 5.117.

The Inxtilulion Of the Continental Boardx Of Comt 5.69.

5.70.

5.72.

5.73.

5.74.

5.75.

5.76. 5.77.

5.78.

5.86.

5.87.

5.88.

5.89.

879

xellors. [Toronto]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahzi‘t's of Canada, [1970]. 17 p. See #5345.35.

idem. [Thornhill]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Canada. 1974. 17 p.

Letters from Shoghi Effendi. January 21. [922 November 27. 1924. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1925. 24 p.

. Letters from the Guardian t0 Amtralia and New

Zealand 1923—1957. Sydney: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Australia and New Zealand. 1970. 1971. viii. 140 p.

Lifeblaoa’ of the Cause. camp. the Universal House of Justice. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1970. 19 p. (Bahá’í Publishing Trust Compilation Series: no. 3). See #522. 5.47.

The Light of Divine Guidance: The Messages from the Guardian of the Bahá’í Faith t0 the Bahá't’x of Germany and Austria. Hofheim-Langenhain: Bahá’í—Vcrlag. 1982. 311 p.

Living the Bahá’í Life. [Manila]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís Of the Philippines, 1980. 22 p. Sec #523. 5.46. 5.75—5.79.

Living the Life. comp. Universal House of Justice. Kingston: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís ofJamaiea. n.d. [197—]. 44 p. See #523. 5.46. 5.74. 5.79.

idem. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. n.d. [1972?]. 52 p.; [1978]. 51 p.

idem. [Johannesburg National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of South and West Africa, 1972]. 8 p. idem. Karachi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 135 8.15. [1978—1979]. 39 p.

. Living the Life. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1974. 52 p. (Two compilations. one of guidance given by the Guardian, and the second of guidance given by the Universal House of Justice). See

1. 523. 5.46. 5.74—5.78.

. Local Spiritual Assembliex. comp. the Universal

House of Justice. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. n.d. [197—]. 20 p. (Bahá’í Publishing Trust Compilation Series; no. 1). See #5.81—5.82. 5.118.

. The Local Spiritual Asxembly. comp. the Universal

House of Justice. [Toronto]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Canada, 1970. 24 p. See

1. 580. 5.82. 5.118.

. The Local Spiritual Assembly: An Inxtitution of the

Bahá’í Administrative Order. comp. the Universal House of Justice. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. [1970]. 29 p. see #5.80—5.81. 5.118.

-. Messagex from the Guardian: Letters and Cable grmm Received by the National Spiritual Assembly from June 2], 1932 to July 21. 1940. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1940. 78 p.

. Messagex from the Guardian Taken from Bahá’í

News. comp. James Heggie. [Australia]: James Heggie. 1972. 97 p.

.. Memages to America: Selected Letters and Cable

grams Addrexxed to the Bahá’í's of North America. 1932—1946. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1947. iii. 118 p.

Messagex to Canada. [Toronto]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Canada. 1965. xiii, 78 p. Messagex to the Bahá’í World 1950—1957. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1958. viii. 130 p.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá‘t’ Publishing Trust, 1971. viii. 182 p.

A Mysterious Dispensation of Providence: A Message from the Guardian on the Perxecution of the Bahá’ís in Iran. Wilmette: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the United States 1955.

[7] n

[Page 880]880

5

'_I\

'Jt

(JIM

LII

5.90.

5.91.

.101.

.102.

.103.

.104.

.105.

.106.

.107.

.108. .109. .110. .111.

.112.

.113.

.114.

.115.

. idem.

'1‘HE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

The National Convention: A Handbook on the Functions, Significance. Principles and Procedures Involved in Bahá’í National Conventions. comp. from writings of Shoghi Effendi and the Universal House of Justice by Organizing Committee of the National Convention of Malaysia. [Kuala Lumpur]: Organizing Committee, 129 3.1:. [1973]. [3], 8 leaves.

The National SpiritualAssemb/y. comp. the Universal House of Justice. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1972. 61 p. See #5118.

. idem. 2nd on]. ed. London: Bahá’í Pubhshing Trust,

1973. 40p. (Bahá’í Publishing Trust~ Compilation Series; n0. 5).

. The Passing of ‘Abdu’l-Bahá. co—author Lady Blom field. Haifa: Rosenfeld Brothers. 1922. 36 p. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. [196—?]. 29 p.

n.d.

. idem. Stuttgart: Wilhelm Hcppcler, n.d. [1922?].

32 p,

.A Pattern for Future Society. Wilmette: Bahá‘t’

Publishing Committee, 1940. 1941. 1945, 1946, 1948. 3 p. (Bahá’í Reprint; n0. 5).

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. [1957].

5p.

. idem. Manchester: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, n.d.

[194— or 195—]. [4] p.

. idem. New Delhi: Bahá’í Public Relations, n.d.

[1954?]. [3] p.

. Palitieal N(m—lnvolvement and Obedience to Gov ernment: A Compilation of Some of the Mexsagex of the Guardian and the Universal Home of Juxtice. comp. Peter J. Khan. [Mona Vale]: Bahá't’ Publications Australia, 1979. 31 p.

Principles of Bahá’í’ Administration. 151 ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1950. 125 p. Fr, It, Sp.

idem. 2nd ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1963. xiv, 109 p.

idem. 3rd ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1973. xii, 116 p.

idem. 4th ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1976. xii, 116 p.

idem. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1982. xii, 116 p.

Principles 0/ Muxs Teaching. comp. the Universal House of Justice. [Toronto]: National Spiritual Assembly of tho Bahá’ís 01~ Canada. 1971. See

1. 5615117.

The Premixed Day 13 Come. Wi1mette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1941, 1943, 1951. 136 p. Fr. Ge, It, Po, Sp.

idem. 1961 ed. Wi1mette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1961,1967.x, 136 p.

idem. Rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1980. vi. 137 p.

idem. Bombay: Bahá‘t’ Assembly of Bombay. 1942. 176 p.

idem. 2nd Indian ed. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1976. vii, 136 p.

Religion 11 Living Organixm. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1940, 1941. 7p. (Bahá’í Reprint; n0. 4).

The Rising World Commonwealth. [London]: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1945. 30 p.

Rock-Botlom Requirements: Shoghi Effendi's Last Letter to the British Bahá’í Community. London: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’í’s Of the United Kingdom, n.d. [1981?]. [3] p.

Selected Writings of Shoghi Effendt'. Wilmette:

5.116.

5.117.

5.118.

5.124. 5.125.

5.126.

5.130.

5.131.

5.132.

5.133.

5.134.

5.135.

5.136.

5.137.

5.138.

5.139.

5,140.

Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1942. 45 p.

idem. Rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1975. vii, 37 p.

A Special Measure of Love. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1974. v, 33 p. See #566. 5.105. Spiritual Asxemblies and Consultation. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1978. 136 p. Sec #48. 4.86. 4.119, 5.80—5.82, 5.91—5.92. (Includes compilations Of the Universal House of Justice on Local Spiritual Assemblies. National Spiritual Assemblies, and Consultation.)

. Spiritual Porenciex of that Conxecrated Spot. New

York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1940. 7 p.

. The Transformation of Human Society: A Bahá’í

Commentary on the Current World Crixis. Wilmette: Bahá’í Public Relations. 1947. 11 p.

. Unfolding Destiny Of the British Bahá’í community:

A Compilation ofSomc of the Letters and Cables Of the Beloved Guardian Addressed to the British Bahá’í Community. London: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís Of the British Isles. 1962. 41 leaves.

. idem. Oakham, Eng.: Bahá’í Publishing Trust,

1976. 41 p.

. The Unfolding Destiny of the British Bahá’í’ Com munity: The Messages from the Guardian of the Bahti’t’ Faith t0 the Bahá’í’s of the British lees. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1981. xviii, 529 p. The Unfoldmem of World Civilization. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1936. 46 p.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1945. pp. 161—206.

World Government and Collective Security. New Delhi: National Spiritual Assemb1y of the Bahá’ís of India, Pakistan and Burma, 1953.

. The World Movex on to its Destiny. Wilmette:

Bahá’í Publishing Committee, n.d. [194—]. 4 p.

. The World Order of Bahti’u’lláh. New York: Bahá’í

Publishing Committee, 1929. 12 p.

. The World Order of Bahd’u’lhih: Selected Letters.

New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1938. xiv. 234 p. Ge, ll.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1944. xvi, 234 p.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1955. xvi, 234 p.

idem. Rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1965, 1969. vii. 234 p. _

idem. 2nd rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1974, 1980, 1982. xiii. 234 p.

The World Order uthtltti’u'lláh. Further Considerations. New York: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of the United States and Canada, 1930. 14 p.

World Order Unfolds. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1952. 46 p.

The World Religion: A Summary of [Is Aims, Teachings and History. New York City: New York Bahá’í Center. n.d. [192—7]. 7 p.

idem. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, n.d. [before 1938], 1938. 7 p. (two variants: one with blank inside front cover; other with words ‘For

complete catalog of Bahá’í literature . . H). idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1941. 7 p.

idem. Karachi: Bahá’í Spiritual Assembly of Karachi, n.d. [between 1923 and 1947]. 7 p.

A World Survey, the Bahá’í Faith, 1844—1944. comp. Shoghi Effendi. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1944. Sec #518.

[Page 881]6.1.

6.2.

6.4.

6.5.

6.6.

6.7.

6.8.

6.9.

6.10.

6.11.

.

BAHA

iBnnJOGRAeHY

881

F. WORKS AND MESSAGES OF THE UNIVERSAL HOUSE OF JUSTICE

Analyxis of the Nine Year International Teaching Plan 1964—1973. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1964. 38 p.

Analyxis Of the Five Year International Teaching Plan 1974—1979. Haifa: Bahá’í World Centre. 1975. 103 p.

. Analysis of the Seven Year Plan, 1979—1986: Second

Phase Goals. 198]. Haifa: Universal House of Justice Statistics Department. 1981. iii. 128 p.

The Bahá’í Faith. Slatistieal Information 1844—1968: Including the Current Status of the Goals oflhe Nine Year International Teaching Plan. 1964-197}. Haifa: Universal House of Justice. 1968. 1114 p.

The Bahá’í Faith (Statistical Information). [8441968: Showing Current Slatux and Oulxttmding Goals of the Nine Year International Teaching Plan, 1964—1973. Haifa: Universal .llousc of Justice. 1968. 168 p.

The Bahá’í Holy Places (1! the World Centre, Haifa: Bahá’í World Centre. 1968. xi. 89 p.

Canada and the Five Year Plan. Thornhil1: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Canada. 1974. mh&ump

The Constitution of the Univerxal Home (If Juxtiee. Haifa: Bahá’í World Centre, 1972. 16 p.

The Continental Boards of Counselors: Letters. Extracts from Letterx. and Czlhlex from the Universal House of Justice. An Addresx by ('otuzxelor Edna M. True. comp. National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís 01 the United States. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1981. vi, 81 p.

The Five Year Plan." Mesmges from the Universal Houxe ofluxtiee lo the Bahá’í’s Of the World and Of the United States, Naw-Rtiz 1974 Announcing the Objectives Of the Third Global Teaching Campaign. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1974. 11 p. Five Year Plan Given to (he Bahá’ís of [£1th (1’: Wexl Malaysia. [Kuala Lumpur: National Spiritual Assembly of the Buhz’l'l’s of Malaysia]. 1974. |8] p.

. The Five Year Plan. 1974—1979: Statistical Report.

6.15.

6.16.

6.18.

6.19.

6.21),

. itlem.

Ridwm 1978. Haifa: Bahá’í World Centre. 1978. 61) p.

.. The Five Year Plan, 1974—1979: Statistical Report,

Riq'win 1979. Haifa: Bahá’í World Centre. 1979. l 16 p.

. Local Spiritual Assemblies: Further Extracts Issued

with the Nuw-Rliz Mexmge 1979. [London: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’í'l’s of the United Kingdom. 1979?]. 6 p.

A Menage t0 the Attendants ut the Canadian National Bahti‘z’ Native Council. April 26—29. 198]. [Thornhillr National Spiritual Assembly of thc thhzi‘is of Canada, 1981]. [3] p.

Mexsagex from the Univerxal House of Justice 19684973. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1976. x, 139 p.

. The Nine Year Plan, [964—1973; Statistical Report.

Ritiwin 1973. Haifa: Universal House of Justice. 1973. 56 p.

Politics. [he Bahá’í Viewpoint. London: National Spiritual Assembly Of the Bahá’ís of the United Kingdom. [1979]. 11 p.

The Seven Year Plan. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1980. 1981. 23 p.

The Seven Year Plan, 1979—1986: Statistical Report. Ritlva’n [983. Haifa: Buhé‘l’ World Centre. 1983. 11(1 p.

. The Straight Path. [Wilm'cttcz Bahá’í Publishing

Trust. 197414 p.

. Synapxix and lei/imtirm Of the Laws and Ordi mmees Of the Killih-i-AtllltlS. Haifa: Bahá’í‘ World Centre. 1973. Titlc-pugc title: A Synapxis and Codification Of the Kildb-i—Aqdas. the Most Holy Book of Bahd'u'lhih. Sec #1.13. 1.22—1.23. 165. Fr. 11, Sp.

. Wellxpring Of Guidance: Messagex 1963—1968. Wil mcltc: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1969. 1971), viii. 159 p.

151 rev. ed. Wilmette: Buhz'l’l' Publishing Trusl. 1976. viii. 1511p.

G. WRITINGS ON THE BAB1 AND Bahá’í FAITHS

The items extracted here from the larger bibliography are works of over 100 pages. or shorter works which have established themselves as standard Bahá’í’ introductory works.l

7.1.

7.4.

‘Abdu‘LKarim Tihrz'mf. Azldrexsex [7y Abdel Karim Effendi Tehemm'. delivered before the New York & Chicago AAIs'emhliex. trans. by Anton F. Huddad. Chicago: Bchuis Supply and Publishing Board. 1900. 102 p.

. Ahu‘l-Fatjl Gulpz’lygzini. Mirzz’l. The 1311/1111" I’ruufs.

Hujuj'ul Behiiyveh. trans. Ishtacl-chn—Kulcnlcr. ]A11 Kuli Khan]. 2nd ed. Chicago: the Grier Press. 1914. 288 p.

. idem. 3rd ed. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1929. 288 p.

. The Buhti'z’ Proofs (Hu/ujtl'I-Bttlzl){\'ilt).' 11ml A Short Sketch of the History of the Livex (If the Leaders of Thix Religion. trans. Ali-Kuli Khan (Ishti‘al Ibn-i-Kulz‘mtur): introduction by Juzm Ricardo Cole. Facsimile Cd. of 1929 cd. Wihncttc: Buhz’t'l’ Publishing Trust. 1983. xiii, 3115 p.

7,5,

7.6.

7.7.

—. Hujaj'ul Beheyyeh (The Behui Proofs). trams. Ali Kuli Khan. New York: .1. W. Pratt C0.. 19113. 311) p.

—. Miracles um! Metaphnrx. trans. and annotated hy Juan Ricardo Cnlc. Los Angeles: Kulimz’n Press. 1981. xx. 2111p.

Afnzln. Ruhi. Myxu'eixm and the Bahá’í Revelation. Ncw ank: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1934, 80 p.

. Alcxandcr. Agncs Baldwin. Hixlory of Ihe Bahá’í

I'hilh in Japan 1914—1938. [Osaka]: lehz’i‘i Publishing Trust. Japan, 1977. 1111p.

. Personal Reeulleetimzs pf 11 Bahá’í Life in the Hawaiian lxlundx: Forty Years of the Bahá’í (‘uuxe in Hawaii, 1902—1942. Honolulu: Nalionul Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís Of the Hawaiian Islands, n.d.]1971'.’]. 113 p.

Translduons are noted only where there 15 u translation 1mm English. Onglnal works 0n the Buhul Fallh In other languages are listed in a separate portion 01' the bibliography suction.

[Page 882].‘1 p

7.18

7.19

7.20.

7.21.

7.22.

7.24.

THE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

. —. idem. Rev. ed. Honolulu: National Spiritual

Assembly 01. the Bahá’ís of the Hawaiian Islands. 1974. 50 p.

Alkany. Mohammad Ali. Lemons in Religion. trans. Edith Roohie Sanderson. Boston: Tudor Press. 1923. 97 p.

Assad‘Ullah. Mirza. Explanations"Concerning Sucred Mysteries. trans. Dr. Furecd. Chicago: Behztis Supply and Publishing Board. 1902. 159 p. (Cover title: Sacred Mysteries).

,. —. The School of the Pmphem‘. trans. Dr. Farecd.

Chicago: 132111211 Publishing Society. 1907. 163 p. Bach. Marcus, Shoghi Effendi. (m Appreciation, New York: Hawthorn Books, 1958. 42 p. Revision of chapter 3 01' The Circle of Faith.

Backwcll, Richard. The Chrixtiunity of Jesus. Portlaw. Ireland: Volturna Press. 1972. 128 p.

. —. idem. Petcrhcad. Scotland: Volturna Press.

1973. 128 p.

. —. idem. Hythe. Kent: V01turna Press. 1977.

128 p.

The Bahá’í' Centenary [844—1944: 11 Record of America's Response to Bahli'u'lláh'x Call 10 the Realization of the Oneness of Mankind ta Contmemomte the One Htmdretllh Anniversary of the Birth of the Balui't’ Faith. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1944. xix. 254 p.

The Buhli't’ World. vol. 1 (1925»1926). [called Bahá’í Year Book] New York: Bahá’í Pubhshing Committee. 1926. 174 p.: v01. 2 (1926—1928). New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1928. xvi. 303 p.: v01. 3 (1928—1930). New York: Bahzi'l' Publishing Committee. 1930. xv. 377 p.: v01. 4 (1930—1932). New York: Bahá’í Publishing C0111miltce. 1933. xvii. 547 p.: v01. 5 (1932—1934). New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1936. xix. 711p.: vol. 6 (1934—1936). New York: Bahzi'l’ Publishing Committee. 1937. xxvii, 771 p.: v01. 7 (1936—1938). New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee, 1939. xxiii. 891 p.: vol. 8(1938—1940).W11mette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1942. xxxvii. 1039 p.: vol. 9 (1940—1944). Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1945. xxvi, 1003 p.: vol. 10 (1944—1946). Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1949. xxv. 880 p.: v01. 11 (19464950). Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1952. xxiii. 893 p.: v01. 12 (1950—1954). Wilmcllc: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1956. xxvii. 996 p.: v01. 13 (19541963), Haifa: The Universal House ol‘Justice. 1970. 1971. 1980. xxxix. 1228 p.: vol. 14 (1963—1968). Haifa: Universal House of Justice. 1975. xxiii. 672 p.: vol. 15 (1968—1973). Haifa: Bahá’í World Centre. 1976. xxi. 8241).; vol. 16 (1968—1976). Haifa: Bahá’í World Centre. 1979. xix. 740 p.: v01. 17 (1976—1979), Haifa Bahá’í World Centre. 1982. xx. 652 p.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 198(11981. Volumes 1—12 reprinted.

Bahtyyih Khzmum. the Greatest Holy Leaf: A Compilation frjm Bahá’í’ Sacred Texts and Writingy Of the Guardian of the Faith 11ml Bahtyvih Khlintun'x Own Letters, Haifa: Bahá’í World Ccnfic. 1982. xix. 252 p.

Balyuzi. Hasan M. ‘Abdu’l-thhé. the Centre of the Covenant 01 Bahá’u’lláh. London: George Ronald. 1971. 1972. 1973. xiii. 560 p. Gc.

. —. The Btil). the Herald of the Day of Days“.

Oxford: George Ronald. 1973. 1973. 1974. 1975. xiv, 256 p.

—. Bahá’u’lláh: A Brief Ltfe. London; Oxford: George Ronald. 1963. 1968. 1970. 1972. 1973. 1974. 1976. 134 p. P0.

7.36,

7.37.

7.39.

7.40.

. Bahd'u'lltih. the King of Glory. Oxford: George Ronald. 1980. x111. 539 p.

. Edward Granville Browne and the 1311/1117 Faith. Oxford: George Ronald. 1970. 1975. 1980. 1x. 142 p.

. Blomlicld. Lady [Sara Louisul. The Chosen High way. London: thhzi‘i Publishing Trust. n.d. [1940]. x. 265 p.

. idem. Wilmette: lehzi‘i Publishing Committee. 11d. lea. 1950]. x. 264 p,

. idem. Wilmette: Buhzi’l' Publishing Trust. n.d. [1911—7]. 1967. x. 260 p,

. Bowcs. Eric. Great Themes of Life. Wilmette:

Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1958. xii. 83 p.

. ——. 'I'hexe Things Shall lie. Sydney: Bahá’í Pub lications Australia, 1980. viii. 151 p.

. Brziun. Eunice. A Crown of Beauty: The Buhti'l'

Faith and the Holy Land. concept and design by Hugh Chance. Oxford: George Ronald. 1982. 103 p. Ge.

. —. From Strength Io Strength. Wilmette: Bahzi'l'

Publishing Trust. 1978. viii, 74 p. . idem. New Delhi: Buht’l'l’ Publishing Trust. 1979. viii. 74 p.

. Brown. Ramona Allen. Memories of‘Abdu’l-Baltti:

Recollections of the Early Duyx Of the 311/147 Faith in (‘ulijbrnim Wilmette: lehz't'l' Publishing Trust. 1980. xxiii. 144 p.

Browne. Edward Granville. comp. and ed. Materiulx for the Study of the [MM Religion. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 1918. 1961. xxiv. 380 p.

Cztrden. Hugh. Bahá’í Writings. A Concordance. [Auckland]: National Spiritual Assembly 01' the thhz'i‘is of New Zezlland. Feb. 1975. Aug. 1975. Jun. 1976. Sep. 1976. 1979. 180 p.

. Concordance for Selenium from the Writings of 'Ahtlu'l—Ba/ui. Auckland: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís 01 New Zealand. 1981. 116 p. Chase, Thornton. The Buhai Revelation. Chicago: 132111111 Publishing Society. 1909, 1913. 1919. 181 p. . itlem. New York: 131111211 Publishing Committee. [1928].

2 Agnew. Arthur 5. I11 Galilee and In Spirit and III Truth. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. 1908. 83 p.

In Galilee 11ml In Wonderland. Chicago: 82111in Publishing Society. 1921. 71. 10 p.

. Chcync. Thomas Kelly. The Reconciliation othtces

and Religions. London: Adam 11nd Char1cs Black. 1914. xx. 260. [4] p.

. Cobb. Stanwood. A Saga of Two Centuries: Auta biography. n.p.: Cobb. 1979. 172 p.

. —. Security for u Failing World. Washington:

Avalon Press. 1934. xviii. 202 p. . idem. Indian ed. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1971. 202 p.

. —. idem. 2nd ed. New De1hi: Bahá’í Publishing

Trust. 1977. xvi. 205 p.

. idem. New York: Bahzi'l’ Publishing Committee. 1934, xvi. 140 p.

. Tomorrow and Tomorrow. Washington: Avalon Press. 61951. 103 p. Pt).

. idem. Wilmette: lehzi‘f Publishing Company. 1951, 82 p.

. idem. [Wilmettc:.Bahá’í Publishing Committee]. ('1952. 103 p.

, idem, Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1960. 82 p.

. idem. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1970. 82 p. (Three variants: one with pink cover: one with yellow cover with black lettering; one with

[Page 883]7.67.

7.68.

7.69.

7.75.

7.76.

7.77.

7.78.

BAHA’I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

black and mugcnla cover and series Scrvice 10 Universities).

. A Compendium of Volume: oflhe Bahá’í World, (In

International Record. l-XII, 82—110 of (he Balui'l’ Era (1925—1954). comp. Roger While. Oxford: George Ronald. 1981. xxi. 790 p.

. The Covemml and Administration. Wilmcllc: Ba hei’i Publishing Committee. 1950. 1951. 90 p.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. n.d. 90 p.'.

1969.93 p.

. Coy. Genevieve. Counselx of Perfection: A Bahá’í

Guide (0 Mature Living. Oxford: George Ronald. 1978. 186 p.

. Dean. S. I. 52 Bahá’í Talks for All Occasions.

Kuala Lumpur: National Spiritual Assembly of thc Bahá’ís of Malaysia. n.d. [1970]. 208 p.

. —. idem. Rev. ed. Kuala Lumpur: lehzi'l' Pub lishing Trust of Malaysia. 1977. iv, 208 p.

. Dc Corrales. Jeanne Frankel. Nine Days 10 Imm bul. Los Angeles: Kalimét Press. 1981. vi. 111 p. (Pioneer Paperback Series).

. Dcmas. Kathleen Jamison. From Behind the Veil: A

Novel About T(ihirih. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1983. 130 p. (Gateway Series).

. Dodge. Arthur Pillsbury. The Trulh of II: The

Inseparable ()nenexs of Common Senxe. Science. Religion. New York: Mutual Publishing. 1901. 155 p.

. Whence? Why? Whither? Man! Things! Other Things! Westwood. Mass.: The Ariel Press. G. E, Litllcficld. 1907. 269 p.

. Dreyfus. Hippolytc. The Universal Religion: Balza ixm. London: Cope & Fenwick. 1909. 175 p.

.—. idem. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society.

1909. 175 p.

. Dugdale. Dorothy M. Bahá’í’ Viewpoint: A Collec tion of Talks on Various Subjecrs from the Viewpoint ofa Bahá’í. n.p.: Dugdalc. 1972. 112 p. Dyar. Ascych Allen. Introduction 10 the Bahai Revelation. Washington. DC. 1920. 111 p.

Dyar. Aseyeh Allen; Dyar. Harrison G. Short Talkx on the Practical A pplicmion of the Bahai Revelation. Washington. D.C.. 1922. 104 p.

The Dynamic Force of Example. Wilmette: Bahá’í’ Publishing Trust, 1974. 1977. 1980. xv. 215 p. (Bahá’í Comprehensive Deepening Program).

. Esslcmont, John Ebenezer. Bahti'u'lláh and the

New Era. London: George Allen & Unwin Ltd.. 1923. 236 p. Fr. Ge. 11. Po. Sp.

. idem. New York: Brcmano‘s [1923]. [1926?] (for Bahá’í Publishing Committee). 236 p.

. —. idem. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Commit tee. 1927. 307 p.

.. —. idem. [Rcv. ed.] New York: Bahá’í Publishing

Committee. 1937. viii. 349 p.

. —. idem. Rev. 2nd ed. London: George Allen &

Unwin for the Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1940. 300 p. —. idem. Rev. ed. New York: Bahzi'l’ Publishing Committee. 1940. viii. 349 p.

—. idem. Rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1942. 1944. 1946, 1948. 1950. 1953. xii. 349 p. — idem. Indian ed. New Delhi: Publishing Committee of the National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of India & Burma, n.d. [1945]. viii. 348 p.

—. idem. Rev.31:d ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1952. 311 p.

. —. idem. Rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing

Trust. 1956. xii. 349 p.

. —. idem. 2nd rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publish ing Trust. 1960. xii. 349 p.

7.81.

7.82.

7.83.

7,84.

7.85.

7.86.

7.87.

7.93. 7.94.

7.95. 7.96.

7.97.

7.98.

7.99.

7.100.

7.101.

7.102.

7,103.

7.104.

7.105.

7.106.

7.107.

7.108,

7.109.

7.110.

7.111.

7.112.

7.113.

883

—. idem. 2nd ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1966. xii. 349 p.

—. idem. Indian ed. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1969, xiii. 399 p.

—. idem. 3rd rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1970. xiii. 301 p.

—. idem. Indian cd. This ed. New Delhi: Buhé‘l’ Publishing Trust. 1971. ix. 301 p.

—. idem. Rev. 4111 ed. London: Bahzi’l’ Publishing Trust. 1974. xi. 269 p.

—. idem. 4th rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Books. published by Pyramid Publications for Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1976. 1978. 301 p.

—. idem. This ed. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1978. xi. 269 p.

. —. idem. 4th rev. ed. Cloth cd. Wilmette: Bahá’í

Publishing Trust, 1980. xiv. 300 p.

idem. Sth rcv. paperback ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1980. xiv. 300 p.

. idem. 4th ed. Karachi: Bahá’í‘l’ Publishing Trust Pakistan. 1980. 302 p.

. leizi. Abu'l-Qásim. Three Medilalions on [he Eve of

November the Fouth. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1970. 1972, 32 p. Cover title: Meditalions on the Eve of November 41h.

. Faizi. Gloria. The B(Ilui'!’ Faith. An Introduction.

Lebanon, 1971. 130p. Ge. ll. P0, Sp.

. idem. 2nd Cd. Lebanon. 1972, 130 p, idem. 2nd Indian ed. New Delhi: Publishing Trust. r1971. 130 p.

—. idem. Rev. ed. United States. 1972. 121 p.

. idem. Rev. ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1972. 1975. 1978. v. 122 p.

Fathca‘zam. Hushmand. The New Garden. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1958. Fr. P0. Sp. —. idem. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1963.

—. idem. 4th ed. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1970. 171 p.

—. idem. 51h ed. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1971. 171p.

—. idem. Manila: [National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’í’s Of the Philippines. 197—?]. 171 p. —. idem. Dacca: National Spiritual Assembly Of the Bahá’ís of Bangladesh. n.d. [1978?]. 171 p. —. idem. 61h ed. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1980. 134 p.

Fcrrahy, John. All 771ir1gx Made New. London: George Allen & Unwin. 1957. 1960. 318 p.

. idem. Rev. American ed. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1960. 1963. 318 p.

. idem. Rev. ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1975, 319 p.

. idem. 13! Indian ed. New Delhi: Publishing Trust. 1977. 319 p. FiIZ-Gcrald. Nathan Ward. The New Revelation: 1!: Marvelous Menage. Tacoma. Wash.. 1905. 288 [1. Ford. Mary Hanford. The Oriemal Roxe or (he Teachings of Abdul Balm. New York: Broadway Publishing Company. 1910 (of the two printings of the New York edition the first has a scriffcd monogram on the spine. the second a ‘bullscyc‘ monogram). 213 p.

—. idem. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. 1910 (actually printed at a later date). 213 p. Fozdar. Jamshed. Buddha Maitreya Amimbha Hax Appeared. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1976. 591 p.

Furfilan. Ali-Akbar. Markers, Fathers. and Children: Practical Advice [0 Parents. Oxford: George Ronald. 1980. 1982. ix. 270 p.

Gail. Marzieh. Down Over Maum Him and Other

Bahá’í

Bahá’í

[Page 884]884

7.114.

7.115.

7.116. 7.117.

7.126.

7.129.

7.130.

7.131.

7.132.

7.133.

7.136.

7.137. 7.138. 7.139. 7.140. 7.141.

7.142.

THE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

Euays. Oxford: George Ronald. 1976. vii. 245 p. —. Other People, Other Places. Oxford: George Ronald. 1982. vii, 275 p.

The Sheltering Brunch. London: Ronald. 1959. 1974. 101 p.

—. idem. Oxford: George Ronald. 1978. 102 p. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1970. 101 p.

Gcorgc

. Gems. M. R. Martha R001. Liunexx u/ Ihe Threxhohl.

Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1983. xv. 578 p. (Champion Builder Books).

. Gavcr. Jcssyca Russell. The Bahá’í I'hi/h. New

York: Award Books. 1968. 1969. 222 p.

. —. The 80/11” Faith. the Dawn of a New Day.

New York: Hawthorn Books 1nc.. 1967. 223 p.

. Giachcry. Ugo R. Shoghi Effendi. Reculleeliuns.

Oxford: George Ronald. 1973. 238 p. 11.

. Goodall. Hclcn 5.; Cooper. Ella Goodall. Daily

Lemons Reeeived m Acca. January 1908. Chicago: Bahai Publishing Society. 1908. 1917. 101 p.

. —. Daily Lessons Received 11! ‘Als’kd. January

1908. Rev. ed. Wi1mcttc: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1979. xii. 98 p.

. Grundy. Julia M. Ten Days in the Light of Acea.

Chicago: Buhai Publishing Society. 1907. n.d. [after 1907]. 111p.

. —. Ten Days in the Light of ‘Akká. Rev. ed.

Wi1mcttc: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1979. 107 p.

Hands of the Cause of God Residing in the Holy Land. The Bahá’í Faith. 1844—1963: Infurnmliorz Sullislieal and Comparative. Haifa: Hands of the Cause of God Residing in the 1101y Lund. 1963 (Ramat Gan: Pcli-P.E.C. Printing Works). 128 p.

. Hulchcr. John S. Ali’s Dream: The Story of Bahti’u’ [/(ih. 11. Jean MacNeill. Oxford: George Ronald. 1980. xi, 248 p.

. Haydar-‘Ali. Hixji Mirzfi. Stories from [he Delight of

Hearts: (he Memoirs of Htiji Mind Huydur-‘Ah’. trans. A. Q. Faizi. Los Angeles: K211111151! Press. 1980. 1980. vi. 168 p.

Hcggic. James. Bahá’í’Serip1urul Index. |Auslrzlliz1]: Hcggie. 1971. 544 p.

—. Index. God Passes By. [Sydney]: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahzi‘l’s 01‘ Australia. 1976. 976 p.

—. A11 Index of Quomliuny from [he b’uhd'f Sacred Writingx. Oxford: George Ronald. 1983. xii. 811 p.

—: Index 10 [he Writings of Shoghi [:f/l>11(li. n.p.: Hcggic, 1972. 606 p. (Bahá’í Concordance; v. 2). Herrick. Elizabeth. Unity Triumphwu. London: Kegan Paul Trench Trubner & C0. 1923. vi, 226 p.

7. . —. idem. London: Unity Press, 1925. 226 p. 7.135.

Hofman. David. George Townshend. Hand of the Cause of God (Sometime Canon‘ 0/ S! Patrick'x Cathedral, Dublin, Archdeacon Of Clonferl). Oxford: George Ronald, 1983. xiv. 404 p.

—. The Renewal of Civilizulion. London: George Ronald for the Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1945. v, 96 p. Fr. P0. Sp.

—. idem. 2nd ed. London: George Ronald for tho Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1946. v. 96 p.

. idem. 3rd ed. London: George Ronald for the Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1947. v. 96 p.

—. idem. thatlcy: George Ronald. 1953. 1954. v, 96 p.

—. idem. This new ed. London: George Ronald. 1960. viii. 126 p. (Talisman Books: n0. 3).

—. idem. Rev. ed. London: George Ronald. 1969. 143 p.

idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1970. 1972. 143 p.

7.143.

7.144.

7.145. 7.146.

7.147.

7.148.

. 1943.

7.160. 7.161. 7.162.

7.163.

7.164.

7.165.

7.166. 7.167.

7.168.

7.169.

7.170.

7.171.

—. idem. Rcv. Talisman ed. London: George Ronald. 1972; Oxford: George Ronald. 1981. 143 p. Holley. Horucc. Bahá’í. the Spirit of the Age. London: chun Paul Trcnch Trubncr & C0.. 1921. xi. 212 p.

—. idem. New York: Brenlano‘s. 1921. x1. 212 p. —. Bahaism. the Modern Social Religion. London: Sidgwick &Jz1ckson Ltd.; New York: Mitchell Kcnnerly. 1913. 223 p.

—. Religionfor Mankind. London: George Ronald. 1956. 248 p.

. idem. This Cd. London: George Ronald. 1966. 248 p.

. —. idem. Talisman ed. London: George Ronald.

1969. 248 p. (Talisman Books: no. 9). idem. Oxford: George Ronald. 1976. 248 p.

. Huddleston. John. The Earth Is But One Couhlry.

London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1976. 185. [21] p. idem. 2nd ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1980. 185. I23] p.

.. flusayn of Hamadz’m. Mirzá. The T(irik_h-i-Jmh’(l.

trans. Edward Granville Browne. Cambridge. Eng.: Cambridge University Press. 1893. 111. 459, 26 p.

. lvcs. Howard Colby. Portals to Freedom. New

York: E. P. Duuon & C0., 1937. 253 p. Fr. Po. Sp. . idem. Cynthianu. Ky.: The Hobson Press.

idem. London; Oxford: George Ronald. 1946. 1948. 1953. 1962. 1969. 1976. 253 p. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing. Trust. 1970. 253 p.

1943.

1967.

. .liml’ Kfifléni. 1.12'H' M11221. Kittib-i—Nquum'I~Ktif.'

Being the Eurhexl History of the Bábix. Cd. by Edward G. Browne. Lcydcn: E. J. Brill; London: Luzac & Co., 1910. xcv. [76]. 297 p. (E. J. W. Gibb Memorial Series; xv).

. Japan Will Tum Abluze: Tablets of ‘Abdu'l—Bahzi.

Letters of Shoghi Effendi and Historical Notes About Japan. [Osaka]: Bahá’í Publishing Trust 1974. 90 p. ' thiralla. Ibrahim George. Bab-Ed-din. [he Door of True Religion. Chicago: Chas. H. Kerr and Company. 1897. 84 p.

Lubib, Muhammad. The Seven Martyrs Of Hummzak. (runs. by Moojzm Momcn. Oxford: George Ronald. 1981. xiii. 63 p.

Latimcr. George Orr. The Ligln oflhe World. by a group of pilgrims. Boston: George Orr Lutimcr. 1920. '148 p.

The‘Light Of Bahá’u’lláh: An Introduction 10 [he Bahá’í Faith. Wilmcllc: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1982. vi. 138p. (Star Study Program booklets published as one volume).

Lightx Of Guidance: A Bahá’í Reference File. comp. Hclcn Hornhy. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1983. lvii. 547 p.

McDaniel. Allen Boyer. The Spell of the Temple. New York: Vantage Press. 1953. 96 p. McLaughlin. Rohcrl W. These Perxpicuaux Versex: A Passage from [he Writingx Of Bahd’u'lhih. Oxford: George Ronald. 1982. 94 p.

Muhmoudi. Julil. A Concordance 10 the Hidden Words of Bahd'u'llu'h. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1980. vii. 88 p.

Marsella. Elena Maria. The Quest for Eden. New York: The Philosophical Library. 1966. 275 p. Mathews. Loulic A. Not Every Sea Hath Pearls. Milford. N.H.: The Cabinet Press, 1951 (earlier printings have title imprinted on spine). vii, 173 p. Moffett. Ruth. Da'a: The Call to Prayer. Chicago. 1933, 1938. 125 p.

-—. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Comm“ [Page 885]7.172.

7.173.

7.174.

7.175.

7.176.

7.177.

7.178.

71179.

7.180.

7.181.

7.182.

7.183.

7.184.

7.185.

7.186.

7.187.

7.188.

7.189.

7.190. 71191.

7.192.

7.193.

7.194.

7.195.

7.196.

7.197.

7.198.

BAHA‘I’ BIBLIOGRAPHY

Ice. 1953. 125 p.

—. Do'a: On Wings omeyer. Dcs Moincs. 1a.: Wallace Homestead C0,. 1974. xiv. 96 p.

—. New Keys to the Book of Revelation. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1977. 199 p.

—. idem. 2nd ed. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1980. xxi, 199 p.

Momcn. Moojan. The B(ibl’ am! Bahá’í Religions. 1844—1944: Some Contemporary Western Accounts. Oxford: George Ronald. 1981. xxx. 572 p. Morrison, Gayle. To Move the World: Louis C. Gregory and the Advancement of Racial Unity in America. Wilmette: Bahzi'l' Publishing Trust. 1982. [1983], xxvii. 399 p. (Champion Builder Books). Nabfl-i~A‘;am. The Dawn-Breakers: Nubil'x Narrative of the Early Days Of the Bahá’í Revelation. trans1 Shoghi Effendi. New York: Bahz'l‘l' Publishing Committee, 1932. lxiii. 685 p. (a limited edition specially hound numbering 150 copies autographed by the translator). Fr, Ge, 11. Sp.

—. idem. New York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1932. lxiii. 685 p. (regular edition).

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1953. lxiii. 685 p.

. idem. 151 British ed. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1953. 1975. xxxv, 507 p.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1962. 1970. 1974. 1x111. 685 p.

Nufljuvz’mi, Bahíyyih. Four on an leaml. Oxford: George Ronald, 1983. viii, 136 p.

. Response. Oxford: George Ronald. 1981. x, 134 p.

—. When We Grow Up. Oxford: George Ronald. 1979. 112 p.

Nafljuvzini. Violette. Amatu’l—Bahti Vixits India. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, n.d. [1966?]. 196 p.

Nash. Geoffrey. Iran'x Secret Pogmm: The Cow spiraey 10 Wipe Out the Bahá’ís. Suffolk: Neville Spcarman. 1982. 156 p.

Nelson. Lcc: Towfiq. Miriam G. Concordance to Gleanings from the Writings of Buhti'u'I/dh. Los Angeles: Kalimél Press. 1983. xvi, 504 p.

Perkins. Mary; Hainsworth, Philip. The Bahá’í Faith. London: Ward Lock Educational. 1980. 1981. 1982 (Living Religions Series). 96 p.

Phelps. Myron H. The Life and Teachings ofAbbas Effendi. New York: G. P. Putnam's Sons. 1903, 1904. x1iii, 259 p.

. idem. 2nd rev. Cd. New York; London: G. P. Putnam‘s Sons. 1912. x1vii, 243 p.

Pinchon. Florence E. The Coming of the Glory. London: Simpkin Marshall Ltd.. 1928. 144 p. Quickehers of Mankind: Pioneering in a World Community. Thornhill: Bahá’í Canada Publications. 1980. 129 p.

Rabhani. Rúḥíyyih. The Desire of the World: Materials for the Contemplation of God and His Mumfmmtion for This Day. Oxford: Gcorgc Ronald. 1982. 186 p.

—. A Munualfar Pioneers. New Dclhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1974. 227 p.

—. idem. This Cd. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1981. 227 p.

Prescription for Living. Oxford: George Ronald, 1950. xii. 194 p. (an edition 01‘300copics in dark b1uc Cloth serial numbered and autographed by the author). GO. Po, Sp.

——. idem. Oxford: George Ronald, 1950. xii. 194 p. (regular edition).

. idem. Rev. ed. London: George Ronald. 1960. 205 p; 1969, 1970, 1975. 204 p.

7.199. 7.200.

7.201.

7.204.

7.205.

7.206.

7.207.

7.208.

7.209.

7.210.

7.211.

7.212.

7.218.

7.219.

7.220. 7.221.

7.222.

885

idem. lsl Talisman ed. Oxford: George Ronald. 1972. 1977. 204 p.

. idem. 2nd rev. ed. Oxford: George Ronald. 1978. 272 p.

. The Priceless Pearl. London: Bahz’l’l’ Publishing Trust. 1969, 482 p. (m edition of 1500 copies bound in red doth. serial numbered and signed by the author). Fr. Ge. Sp.

. —. idem. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1969.

482 p. (regular edition).

.. Race and Man: A Compilation. comp. Muyc Harvey

Gift and Alice Simmons Cox. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1943. xx. 134 p.

Rcmcy, Charles Mason. The Bahtu' Revelation and Reeomtmction. Chicago: Distributed by Bahai Publishing Society, 1919. 88 p.

—. Observations Oft! Buhai Traveller. Washington, D.C.: Czlrnahan Press, [1909]. 94 p.

. idem. 2nd ed. Washington. DC: .1. D. Milans and Sons. 1915. 133 p.

—. Through Warring Countries to the Mountain of God. Washington. D.C.: Charles Mason Rcmey. 1915. 111 lcuvcs.

Riggs, Robert F. The Apocalypse Unsealed. Ncw YQrk: Philosophical Library. 1981. xvi, 312 p. R001. Martha L. Ttihirih the Pure: Irtmls‘ Greatest Woman. Karachi. 1938. xvi. 113 p.

. idem. Karachi: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís 01' Pakistan. ('1938 ]i.c. (-1970]. xvi. 101 p.

—. idem. Rev. ed. with an introductory essay by Marzich Gail. Los Angeles: Kulimét Press. 1981. v. 146 p.

Rost. H. T. D. The Brilliant Stars: The Ba/ui't' Faith and the Education of Children. Oxford: George Ronald, 1979. ix. 182 p.

. Ruhc, David S. Door of Hope: A Century of the

Bahá’í Faith in the Holy Land. Oxford: George Ronald. 1983. 247 p.

. Rutslcin. Nathan. He Loved (1nd Served: The Story

of Curtix Kelsey. Oxford: George RonuId, 1982, 1982. 185 p.

. Sabet. 11uschmand. The Heavens Are Cleft Asun der. Oxford: George Ronald. 1975. 153 p.

. Sahbz’l. Fz'nriburz. The Green Years. trans. Betsy R.

Bcrz. K. Mesbzih: il. H. Scyhodn. Ncw Delhi: Bahá’í Pubhshing Trust. 1982. 107 p.

. Sala, Emcric. This Earth One Country. Boston:

Bruce Humphries Inc.; Toronto: The Ryerson Press. 1945. 185 p.

Salméni. Muhammad ‘Ali. Ustéd. My Memories of Bahti'u'lltih. trans. by Marzich Gail. L05 Angclcs: Kalimzit Press. 1982. xi. 148 p.

Schacfcr. Udo. The Imperishable Dominion: The Bahá’í Faith and the Future of Mankind. Oxford: George Ronald. 1983. xvii. 301 p.

The Light Shineth in Darknesx. Oxford: George Ronald. 1977. viii. 195 p.

Scars. William. A Cryfrum the Heart: the Bahá’í.» in Iran. Oxford: George Ronald. 1982. 219 p. 00. P0. . God Loves Laughter. London; Oxford: George Ronald, 1960. 1961, 1964. 1968, 1970. 1974, 1977, 1979. viii. 181 p.

. —. The I’rixoner and the Kingx. Toronto: General

Publishing Company. Ltd.. 1971. 240 p.

. fi. Release the Sun. New Delhi: Bahzi‘l' Publish ing Trust, 1957. 317 p. P0.

. —. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

1960, 1964, 1968. 1970, 1971. 1975. v. 250p.

. Thief in the Night. or The Strange Case of the Missing Millennium. London; Oxford: George Ronald. 1961. 1964. 1968. 1969. 1971. 1972. 1976.

[Page 886]7.236.

7.237.

7.239.

7.241).

7.241.

7.242.

7.243.

7.244.

THE BAHA’ WORLD

1977. 1978. 1980. xiv. 304 p. (Talisman Books: no. 5). Fr. Gc. P0. Sp.

. The Wine of Astunishmcm. London: George Ronald. 1963. 1970. 194 p. (Talisman Books: HO. 9).

, Scars. William; Quiglcy. Robert. The Name. Ox ford: Gcorgc Rona1d. 1972. 1973. 141 p.

._ . Shook, Glcnn A. Mysticllwn. Science and Rmr'clulion.

London; Oxford: George Ronald. 1953. 1954. 1964. 1974. 1976. x. 145 p.

. idem. 15! American cd. Wilmctlc: Publishing Trust. 1967. 1970. x. 145 p.

Bahá’í

. Sohrab. Ahmad. Abdul Buha in Egypt. New York:

.1. H. Scars and Co. .for the New ”18101‘)’ Foundation. 1929. xxxiii. 391) p.

. idem. London: Ryder & Co.. n.d. [1929?]. xxxiii. 391) p.

. Sorabjcc. Zena. Nabfl'.1' Nurmlive Abridged. New

Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1974. 176p. . idem. New Delhi: lehzi'l’ Publishing Trust. 1976. 152 p.

. Stephens. Kenneth D. So Greu! a Cause: A Sur prixing New Look 11! [he Laller Day Suinlx. Ilculdsburg. CA: Naturegraph Publishers. 1973, 215 p. Studicx in B(ibl’ and Bahá’í Hixlory. cd. Moojun Momcn. v. 1. Los Angeles: Kulimzil Prcs‘s. 1982. x. 337 p.

Szunm-Fclbcrmann. chéc. Rebirlh: The Memoirs of Renée Szunto-Felbermamz. London: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1980. 185 p.

. Tuhcrzudch. Adib. The Revelalion Of Bu/ui'u'lhih.

v.1. 1853—1863. Oxford: George Ronald. 1974. 1975, xvi. 363 p.: v. 2. 1863-1868. Oxford: George Ronald. 1977. xvi. 476 p.: v. 3. 1868a1877.0xfurd: George Ronald. 1983. xviii. 483 p. Gc. Townshcnd. George. Chrixt (md Balui'u'lhih. London: George Ronald. 1957. May 1957. 1963. 116 p. Fr. Gc.1’n. Sp.

. idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1966. 1967. 116 p.

. idem. Rev. ed. London: Oxford: George Ronald. 1966. 1967. 1971. 1972. 1976. 1977. 1983. 1 16 p,

. The Hear! of the Gospel: Being u Rvslummvnl of tho Tum‘hing Of the Bible in Term.\‘ of Madern Though! and Modern Need. London: Lindsay Drummond. 1939. 188 p.

. idem. New York: Bahz’l'l' Publishing Committee. 19411. vii. 184 p.

. The Heart afthe Gospel: or. The Bible am! [he Bahá’í I-‘m’lh. Rev. ed. Oxford; London: George Ronald. 1951. 1955. 164 p.

. idmz. This ed. London: George Ronald.

7.246.

7.247.

7,248.

7.249.

7.250.

1961). 158 p. (Tulisnmn Books: n0. 2).

—. idem. This cd. Oxford: Gcorgc Ronald. 1972. [ix]. 151) p.

. idem. Wilmcuc: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1972. [ix]. 1511p.

—. The Misxiun OfBuhri'u'Ihi/1 and Other Literary Piecex. Oxford: London: Gcorgc Ronald. 1952. 1965. 1976. 154 p.

idem. lst Amcricun ed. Wilmette: lehz'l‘i Publishing Trust. 1967. 154 p.

—. The Promixt' of All Ages. London: Simpkin Marshall. [1934]. 254 p. Christophil shown as nuIhor. Fr.

. idem. New York: Bahz'l'l' Publishing CommitICC. [1935]. [1938]. 1944. 254 p. Christophil shown as author.

. —. idem. Rev. Cd. n.p.: George Ronald. 1948.

163 p.'.1957.vii. 163 p. . idem. This cd. Landon: George Ronald. 1961. 178 p. (Talisman Books: 110. 4).

. —. idem. This rev. ed. Oxford; George Ronald.

1972. x. 181 p. . idem. Wilmette: Bahá’í Publishing Trust.

' 1973. x, 181p.

7.260.

7.261.

7.262.

7.263.

7.264.

7.26 .

'JI

7.266.

..Vail. Virgic V. The Glorioux Kingdom oflhe Fulher

Furctold. Ncw York: Bahá’í Publishing Committee. 1940. xii. 262 p.

. Ward. Allan L. 23‘) [)uyx. 'Alnlu'l-Bahli’s Journey

in America. Wilmcllc: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1979. 218 p.

. chcncr. Daniel Nelson. Divine Springtime: Louise

Caxtvell Recalls [he Early Years of the Bahá’í Faith in Cemml America untl Panama. Tegucigalpzl. Honduras: Union Press. 1977. 135 p.

. Wcil. Henry A. Cluxer Than Your Life Vein.

Anchorage: National Spiritual Assembly Of lhc lehzi‘is of Alaska. 1978. 114 p.

While. Roger. Anolher Song. Another Season. Oxford: George Ronald. 1979. 172 p.

The Win10.” nf Pebbles. Oxford: Gcnrgc Ronald. 1981. xv. 217 p,

Whitehead. 0. Z. Smm’ Bahá’ís to Remember. Oxford: George R0nz11d. 1983. 272 p.

—. Same Early Buhzi'z'x of the Wexl. Oxford: George Ronald. 1976. 1977. x. 227 p.

Woolson. Gayle. Divine Symphony. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1971. Sp.

—. idem. Rev. ed. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 1970. 1314 p.: 1977. 132 p.

Yuzdi. Marion Curpcnlcr. Youth in the Vanguard: Memoirs aml Leuers CalleL‘Ied by the First Bahá’í Slmlem 111 Berkeley and at Smnford University. Wilmette: lehzi'i Publishing Trust. 1982. xx, 267 p.

[Page 887]BAHA

‘1’BIBLIOGRAPHY

887

9. A PARTIAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF SOME MAJOR ORIGINAL WORKS ON THE BAHA I FAITH IN LANGUAGES OTHER THAN ENGLISH

Compiled by William P. Collins

ARABIC

1.

2.

3.

Abu’l-Fagil Gulpéygém’. (Kitdb al-Hujaj ul—Bahz’yyah). Cairo: Sa‘édat, 1925. 184 p.

—-. (Kitdb al-Durar al-Bahi‘yyalz). Cairo: Faraju'llah Zaki 1900 280p Al Muhammad Ahmad Hamdi. (al— Tibyan wa ul Burhan). Beirut: Dar al- Baya’m 1962— 1966. 2v.

4. flahid. Labfl). (QM; Tarbawiyyah). Rio de Janeiro: Editora Bahá’í Brasil. 1982. 170 p.

FINNISH

1. Teinonen, Scppo A. Bahaismi: Synty, Kehitys fa Nikyinen Oppi. Helsinki: Suomen Itiimainen Scura, 1962. 154 p.

FRENCH

1.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

. Ghadimi

Brugiroux, André. Le Prisomzier de Saint—Jean-d’Acre. Paris: Jean-Luc Maxence chez ‘Lcs Insomniaqucs'. 1982. 237 p.

. —. La Terre n’est qu’un Seul Payx. Paris: Editions

Robert Laffont, 1975. 373 p.

. Dreyfus, Hippolytc. Essai sur le Béhai‘sme: San His toire, Sa Portée Sociale. Paris: Ernest Lcroux, 1909. 138 p.

. —1 Essai sur le Bahaisme: Son Histoire, Sa Portée

Socials. Nouvellc c’d. Paris: 1934.

188 p.

Ernest Leroux,

. —. Essai sur le Bahá’ísme: Son Hixtaire. Sa Portéc

Sociale. Béme éd. rev. ct augm. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 1962. xii, 152 p.

. idem. 4éme éd. Paris: Presses Universitaircs dc France, 1973. xiv 148 p.

Shoghi. Le Courage dAimer. Bruxelles: Maison d‘ Editions Baha’ 163 1971 125 p. (Le Courage dAimer; fasc l)

. La Fleur de I‘Amour et le Jurdin du Caaur. Bruxelles: Maison d’Editions Bahá’í’es, 1978. 97 p. (LC Courage d’Aimcr; fasc. 5).

. La Lumiére ne Fuit pm de Bruit. Bruxelles:

Maison d Editions Bahá” 185 1977.11] p. (Le Courage

(1 Aimer; fasc 4).

—. La Mexure dc lemour est l’Amour sans Mesure. Bruxelles: Maison d‘Editions Bahá’íes, 1982. 96 p. (Le Courage d’Aimcr; fasc. 9).

, . Nos Amies dans la Vie. Bruxellcs: Maison d‘Editions Bahá’ícs. 1976. 84 p. (Le Courage d‘Aimer; fasc. 3).

—. Les Prodiges de cex Tempx Merveilleux. Bruxclles: Maison d’Editions Bahá’íes, 1980. 108 p. (Lc Courage d’Aimcr; fasc. 7).

. La Science devam l’Amour. Bruxelles: Maison d’Editions Bahá’ícs, 1974. 100 p. (Lc Courage d’Aimcr; 12130.2)

— Vivre er Aimer ne font qu un. Bruxelles: Maison d Editions Baha‘ 165, 1981. 96 p. (Lc Courage (1 Aimcr; fasc. 8).

. — .La Voix exthSecond Visage.Bruxe11es:Maison

d Editions Baha" 1cs 1979. 93 p. (Le Courage (1’ Aimcr; fasc. 6).

. Ḥakím, Christine. Le; Bahá’ís, ou Victoire xur la

Violence. Lausanne: Editions Pierre Marcel Favrc. 1982. 192 p.

20.

21.

. Huart,

. Lemaitre. Solangc.

Clémcnt. La Religion (le Báb, Réformateur Persim du XIX" Siécle. Paris. 1889. 64 p.

Une Grande Figure de l’Unite‘. ‘Abdu’l—Buhzi. Paris: Adrien Maisonneuve. 1952. 66 p.

. Lion. Lisa. La Cour des Miracles. Paris: La Penséc

Universcllc. 1977. 250 p.

Migette, Lucicnnc. Le Cycle de l’Unite’. Bruxellcs: Maison d’Editions Bahá’í’es, 1975. 182 p.

Nicolas, A. L. M. Seyyéd Ali Mohammed, dil [e Bab. Paris: Dujarric. 1905. 455 p. (Les Religions dcs Peuples Civilisés).

GERMAN

1.

lo

. Balm 'I'.

. Najméjer,

. Schaefer,

Andreas, Friedrich Carl. Die Babi’s in Persian; ihrc Geschic/ztc’ 11an Le/zre quellenmiissig und nach eigener Anschauung (Itlrgcs'lellt. Leipzig: Vcrlag der Akudcmischen Buchhandlung. 1896. (18 p.

Religion naclz Mass?: Urteile evangelisclwr Tlleologen. Enigegmmgen. Stuttgart: Verum Verlag, 1970. 96 p.

1 Grossmann. Hermann. Am Morgen einer neuen Zeir:

Zusammenbruch Oder Neugesraltung?: eine kulturelle Diagnose der Gegenwartsnéle. Stuttgart: Verlag von Slrecker und Schréder, 1932. 103 p.

—. Das Biirzdnis Gottes in der Offenbarungsreligion. Hotheim-Langenhain: Bahá’í-Vcrlug, 1981. 117 p. Marie von. Gurrclvlil—Eyn: ein Bild aus Persiens Neuzeit in sechs Gext’ingen. Wicn: Verlag von L. Rosncr, 1874.

. —. idem. Wicn: Nationale Gcistigc Rat der Bahá’ín

Osterrcich, 1981. xxxv, 211 p.

. Roemer. Hermann. Die Babi-Bahá’í: die jiingsle mo hammedanisc/ze Sekte. Potsdam: Verlag der Deutschcn Oricnl»Mission, 1912. 192 p.

. Sabet, Huschmand. Der gespaltene Himmel. Smttgart:

Verbum-Verlag. 1967. 179 p.

Udo. Der Bahá’í in der madernen Welt: Strukturen eines neuen Glaubex. Hofheim-Langcnhain: Bahá’í-Vcrlag, 1978. 336 p.

. idem. 2. fibcrarb. u. crw. Aufi. Hofheim-Langenhain: Bahá’í-Vcrlag, 1981. 450 p.

. Die missverxmndene Religion: das Abendland und die nachbiblischen Religionen. Frankfurt am Main: Bahá’í-Vcrlag, 1968. 115 p.

. Zabih. Manoutchcr. Die Lésung dcr sozialen Fragen

auf Grand tier Bahá’í-Lehren. Stuttgart: August Schrfiidcr Verlag, 1949. xix, 174 p.

HINDI

1.

Mishra, P. N. (Kalki Avatar Ki Khoj). New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1972. 244 p.

ICELANDIC 1. Jénsson Edhvardh T. Bahá’u’lláh: Lif Ham 0g Opin berun.Rcykj21v1k:And1cgt Thjédhradh Baha 1d 5 islandi 1982. 269 p

ITALIAN

1.

Lcssona. Michele. lBabi. Torino: Ermanno Locschcr. 1881. 66 p.

[Page 888]888

2.

. Zuffada.

—. idem. introduzione dcl Prof. Alessandro Bausani. Roma: Casa Editrice Bahá’í. 1980. xxi. 66 p.

. Robiati. Augusto. Gli Ono Vcli da Rimuovere per 101

Manda Migliorc e Unito. Roma: Casa Editrice Bahá’í. 1981. xv, 164 p.

Uamr) Svegliari. 1973. 284 p.

Roma: Casa Edilricc Bahá’í,

. SaVi. Julio. Buhfyyih Khánum, Ancella di 811/111. Roma;

Casa Editrice Bahá’í. 1983. xiii. 112 p. Luigi. [1 Maestro. Roma: Bahá’í. 1982. xiii, 327 p,

Casa Editrice

PERSIAN

1.

5\)

L»)

LA

H.

20. 21.

22.

. Afshér, Muhammad. (Bahru’l—‘Irfciny

. Ffidil-i-Mézandaréni.

. Faizi,

. Faydi.

Abu‘l-Fadl Gulpéygéni. (Kitáb al—Fard’id). Cairo. 1315 [1897—1898]. 731. 23 p.

—. (Rasd'il va Raqti’im). Ṭihrán: Mu‘asisiy-i-Milliyi—Magbfi'él-i-Amri, 134 [19774978]. 553, 43 [1.

Iran, n.d. [19—] 277 p. —. idem. Ṭihrán: Mu‘21sisiy-i»Milliy-i-Ma1b11‘211i—Amn’. n.d. [197—]. 287 p.

‘Alavi, ‘Ahbz’ls. (Kittib-i—Baytin-1'-Haqdyiq). Ṭihrán: Mu’asisiy-i-Milliy-i-Ma1bx’1‘ét-i-Amn’. 107 [1950—1951]. 391 p.

Arbzib, FurL'lgh. (Ak_/1lunin—i-'I‘11luin). Tihrz’m: Mu'zlsisiy-i-MiIliy-i—K/Tzl!bL’I‘z’n-i-Amri. 126 [1969—1970]. 441 p. idem. Ṭihrán: Mu'asisiy-i-Milliy—i—Magbfi‘ét-iAmn’. 132 [1976]. 452 p.

, Avérih, ‘Abdu’l-Husayn. (al-Kawzikib al-Dliriyyah fz'

Ma(11_hir al-Bahd'fyyah). Cairo: Sa‘édat, 1923—1924. 2 V.

‘Azfzi, ‘Azizu‘llz'lh. ([gm{il‘iiI-i-Jindb-i-‘AZizu'llti/I ‘A 21’ yti T(ij 1111 Hlij), Tihrz’m: Mu'usisiy-i-Milliy-i-M211lwfl‘zll-i-Amri. 132 [1975—l‘)76|. 520 p.

BaflI-Avar. Kumzilu‘d-Din. (Mtu/(imtit—i-Tr1wl_11’d). Tihrz’ln: Mu‘11sisiy»i-Milliy-i>M111l1ú‘z’11-i-Amri. 133 [19761977]. 3411 p.

21‘ . D_hukzi'1’ Bahá’í. Ni‘malu‘llz’lh (Tadjkuriy-i-flm‘(11'(1_v i—Qarn-i-A11111rll-i-Bahá’í’). Til11‘2111: Mu‘asisiy-i-Milliy-ilegbfl‘zibi—Amri. 121— [1964—], 4 v. published. Dihqz’m. Q1ulz’un-‘A11'. (Arkiin-i-Nagm-i-811111"). T111rén: Mu‘usisiy-i-Milliy-i-M111hl1‘{11—1~Amri. 135 [19781979]. 341 p.

Assadu’lláh. Ṭihrán: Mu‘asisiy-i-Milliy-i-Magbfi‘zit-i-Amn’, [1971—]. 5 v. published.

. (TdrfILh-i-Zuhdr al~H¢1q). Ṭihrán: Mu’asisiy-iMilliy-i-Magbfi‘ét-i-Amri. [194—?]. v 3 and v. 8 pls. 1 and 2 published. Volume 3 has title: Kila’b-i-Zuluir alHaq.

(Asrziru'l—AL/uir). 122%

Abu’I-Qásim. (Asfdr-i-Baljr-i-Muht'!) Ṭihrán; Mu‘asisiy-i-Milll’y-i»Ma1bl]‘é1-i—Amri, 135 [1978—1979]. 108 p.

. —. (Ddstzin-i-Dfistdn). Tihrzin: Mu‘asisiy-ivMilliy-i Magbfi‘ét-i—Amri. 130 [1973—1974]. 112 p.

—. (Qéfilih SdIdr-IZBandigi). Ṭihrán: Mu'asisiy-iMilliy-i~Magb11‘z’11-i-Amn’, 132 [1975—1976]. 160 p. Muhammad—‘AII’. (Ak_/1Mq~i—Bahá’í), Tihrz’m: Mu’asisiyvi-Milliy-ivMagbfi‘ét-irAmri, 128 [1971—1972]. 263 p.

.#—. (Hadrm-iBa/zd’u’lláh). Ṭihrán: Mu'asisiy-i-Mil 11y- 1- Malbu ('1!- -i- Amri 125 [1968 1969]. 277 p.

— .(Hadral- -1'- Nuqtiy- i- Ula). Tihran: Mu asisiy- 1- -Mil11y-1-Mz11bu at- -i- ~Amr1 132 [1976]. 396 p.

—. (Haydt-i—Hatjmr-i-‘Abdu’l-Bahá). Ṭihrán: Mu'asisiy-i-Milliy-i-Magbfi‘ét-i-Amri. 128 [1972]. 376 p. —. (Kinilri-Iflmnddn-i-Aflnin. Sudrih Ruhmu’n). Tihrz'm: Mu'215isiy-i-Milliy-i-M111bu"2'11-i-Amri. 127 [197% 1971]. 285 p.

. —. (La’dliy-i—Daralilgflén). Ṭihrán: Mu’asisiy-i-Mil 24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

31.

32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

41,

42.

43.

44.

46.

47.

48.

49.

50.

51. 52. 53.

54.

THE BAHA‘I’ WORLD

liy-i-Magbfi‘ét—i—Amri. 123 [1965—1966]. 506 p.

—. (Maqém-i-A‘lli yd Malikih Karmil). New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust. 132 [1975—1976]. 190 p. —. (Nayriz-i-Muihgbiz). Ṭihrán: Mu‘asisiy-i-Milliyi—Ma1b1’1‘ét~i-Amri. 129 [1972—1973]. 215 p.

(Rixdliy-i-Rti/Hmmriy-i-Tablig/z). Tihrz’m: Mu'

11sisiy-i-Mill1'y-i-M11111ú‘z'11-i-Amr1’. _117 [1960—1961]. 159p Fun’ltan, ‘Ali-Akbar, (Hikdyat-i-Dil) Ṭihrán: Mu‘ asisiy-i-Mifliy-i-Magbfi‘ét-i-Amn’, 134 [1977—1978]. 423 p. —. idem. Oxford: George Ronald. 1981. 301 p. Hé‘i, Muhibatu'llz’ih. (1311/1111 dar Bériy-i-Ayiy-i-Taw(11d). Ṭihrán: Mu’asisiy-i—Milliy-i-Magbfi‘ét—i~Amri, 132 [1975—1976]. 136 p.

Haydar~‘Ali, Hájí Mirzzi. (Bihjatu’g-Sudlir). Bombay: @usraw Bimén. 1914. 530 p.

idem. [Hofhcim-Langenhain]: 1982. 530 p. Iflrz’lq-Qévari. ed. Ṭihrán: Mu’asisiy-i-Milliy-i-Magbfi‘ét-i-Amri, [1972—1973]. 576 p.

—. idem. L05 Angeles: Kalimét Press, 1981. 576 p. —. (Ganj—i—fliéygén). Ṭihrán: Mu'asisiy-i—Milll’y-iMalbfi zit i Amn’ 124 [1967—1968]. 214 p

.(Ganjim'y- -i Hudu’d va Ahkam). Ṭihrán: Mu 21sisiy— i- Milliy-i— —Matb1’1‘ atvi- Amn’ 109 [1958—1959]. 384 p. —. idem. Tihran: Mu asisiy- i- Milliy- 1 Magbu‘ at- iAmrl’. 119 [1962—1963]. 466 p.

—. idem. 3rd ed. Ṭihrán: Mu’asisiy-i—Milliy-i—Ma1b1’1‘él-i-Amn’, 128 [1971—1972]. 466 p.

—. idem. New Delhi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, 1980. 466 p.

Bahá’í-Verlag,

‘Abdu’l-Haml'd. (Ayya'm-i-Tis‘ih). 5th 129

(Nfirayn Nayyarayn) Ṭihrán: Mu‘ asisiy-i—Milliyi- ~Matbú at- -i- -Amri 123 [1965— 1966]. 302 p.

—. (Qamus-i—[qan). Tihran: Muasisiy-iMilhy-1~Matbu al-i-Amrl,127— 128 [1970—1972] 4 v.

. (Rahiq-i-Makiztu’m). Ṭihrán: Mu'asisiy-i-Milliy-iMagbi’rét-LAmri, 130— [1973~]. 2 v. published.

—. (Taqvim-i-Tdrl’th-i-Amr). Ṭihrán: Mu’asisiy-iMilliy-i-Magbfi‘él—i—Amrl’, 126 [1969—1970]. 365 p. Khádem, Zikru’lláh. (Bi Ya’d-i—Mathib). Tihrzin: Mu”asisiy- -i M-illiy -i- Matbfi‘ zit i- Amri 131 [1974]. 396 p. Mahmud1, Hushang (Ydd Déshthay dar Ba’riy- 1- -Hadrat—i- "Abdu l- Baha). Tihran: Mu asisiy— 1- -Milliy- 1- Matbu at- -i Amn 130 [1973]. 2 v

. Muiik K_husruv1’. Mu11211n11121d-‘Ali. (Kilrih-1'-lq[1’m-i-Nu’r).

Ṭihrán: Mu’asisiy—i-Milh’y—i—Magbfi‘ét-i»Amn‘, 118 [19611962]. 266 p.

~——. (TérilLII-i-flmhaddy-LAmr). Ṭihrán: Mu'asisiy~iMilliy- i—- Matbl’l 231- i- Amri 130— [1973—] 3 v published. Mihrabkhani R (_harh— 1—AI1val—1finab-i—Abu 'l— Fada -iI Gulpaygam’). Ṭihrán: Mu asisiy- i- Millly- 1- ~Matbu at- i-Amri, 131(1975] 488p

M18132“)‘AZIZUlláh.(Dalaflu’S-Sulh). Tihran: Mu asisiy-i-Mi111y-1-Ma1bu a1-i-Amr1,128 [1971—1972]. 571 88

p. Mu‘ayyad, Habl’b. (Igzdgira't-i-Hubib). Ṭihrán: Mu'asisiy-i-Milliy-i-Magbfi‘él-i-Amri, 118- {1961—}. 2 v. published. Muhammad Téhir-i-Mélmiri. Yazd). Cairo: Faraju'llzih Zaki al-Kurdi, A.H. [1923—1924]. 623 p. , idem. Ṭihrán: Mu’asisiy-LMiHI’y-i-Maybfi‘ét-iAmri. n.d. [1970?]. 623 p. . idem. Karachi: Bahá’í Publishing Trust, [1978]. 612 p. Nabfl Zédih, Munir. (Tabyin-i-Haqz’qat). Tihrán: Mu‘asisiy-i-Milliy-i-Magbfl‘ét—i—Amri, 129 [1972—1973]. 346 p. N2111q. Muhammad. (al-Dawrm uI-Aw/(i min 11l-Mumizirtil zll-l)iil[vyal1). Cairo: Faraju'lláh Zuki. A.H. 1342 [1923—1924]. 232 p.

(Tdrfth-i-flzuhaddy—i1342

135

. Nuqabé’i, Hisém. (Táhirih, Qurram’l-‘Ayn). Ṭihrán:

[Page 889]56.

57.

58.

59.

61.

62.

631

65.

66.

67.

68.

69.

70.

7 .

...

72.

BAHA‘] BIBLIOGRAPHY

Mu‘asisiy—ivMilliy-i-Ma1b1’1‘ét-i-Amn’, 128 [1971-1972]. NL’Ifl-Abédi. Hasan Ruhmzini. (B11y1in-1—Hnq1'qm). Tihrzin: Mu‘asisiy-i-Milliy-i-Mu1b1’1‘:11-i-Am1‘i, 118 [19611962]. 246 p.

—. (Mir’a’tu’l—Haqiqat). Tihrzin: Mu‘asisiy-i-Milliy—iMagbi’i‘ét—i-Amri. 129 [1972—1973]. 308 p.

Qudimi. Riad. (D11 Hiztir Lughal). Tihrz’m: Mu‘asisiy-iMilliy- i- Malbfi 511- i- Amn’ 124—[196771968]. 219 p.

— .(5_/11's_/1 Hizar Lug/ml).Tihrz’1n:Mu asisiy i Milllyi- Matbu at- -i- -Amú’. 131 [1974— 1975]. 449p

. —. idem HOfl1€im-Langcnhain:Bahá’í-Verlag, 1982. 449 p.

Qubzid. Isfandiyzir. (Ifluiflrdhi-Isflmdiwir-i—Qubtid). Tihrz’m: Mu'asisiy-i-Mi||iy-i-Ma1bl’1‘2it—i~Amri, 131

[1974—1975]. 423 p.

Samandar, Káẓim. (Tdrith-i-Samandar). Tihrz’ln: Mu'asisiy-i-Milh’y-i-Ma1bú‘ét-i-Amr1’, 131 [1974—1975], 532 p. Suhréh. ‘Inéyatu’lláh. (defit-i—Bahá’í). Ṭihrán: Mu‘asisiy-i-Mil]iy-i-Ma§b11‘zit-i—Amri, 122 [1965—1966]. 202 p.

. —. (Mabédz’y—i-Istidldl). Ṭihrán: Mu‘asisiy~i-Mill1’y-i Magbd‘ét-i-Amri, 130 [1973—1974]. 455 p.

Sulaymz’mi. ‘Azizu‘lláh. (Ma.gtibz‘lg-i-Hiddyat). 2nd ed.

Ṭihrán: Mu’asisiy—i—Milliy-i-Ma1b1’1‘ét-i-Amri. 118—132

[1961—1975]. 9 v.

T_hzibit~i—Maréihi'i, Muhammad. (Dar IgiidmaI-i-Dzist)

Tihrzin: Mu'asisiy-i~Milliy-i-Mu1hli‘zit‘i-Amri, 132 [1975 132 [1975—1976]. 483 p.

Yazdz’lni, Ahmad. (K1111b~i-Nagar-i—ljmé11' dar Diydnat i—Bahá’í). Ṭihrán: Mu’asisiy-i-Milliy-i—Ma1bfi‘ét-i-Amri,

107 [1950]. 156 p.

Yunis lgiz‘m-i—Afnilgtih. p., [1929?]. 177 p.

—~. (lflia'gira'I-i-Nuh Sdlih). Tihrz’m: Mu'asisiy-i—Mil liy-i-Magbfl‘ét-i-Amri, 124 [1967—1968]. 564 p.

—. idem. Rev. ed. [Los Angeles]: Kalimét Press.

1983. 564 p.

Zarqání, Mahmfld. (Kittib-i—Badéyi‘u'l-Atjdr). Bom bay: Mirza Mahmood, 1914—1921 (Bombay: Elegant

Photo-Litho Press). 2 v.

. idem. Hofheim-Langcnhain: Bahá’í—Verlag, 1982.

(lr_IihtiI—i—fl1urq 1111 G_lzarb).

2v.

RUSSIAN

1.

2.

'kaJ

Bulanovskii. M. (Begairy). Moskva: Zelenaia Palochka. 1913. 96 p.

Grincvskaya, Izabella. (Bab: Dramaticheskaia Poema iz lstorii Persii). S. Peterburg: T-vo Khudozhestvennoi Pechati, 1903. 148 p.

. —. idem. Izd. 2-0. Pe1rograd: Koreika, 1916. 165 p.

. (BekIm-ulla: Poema Tragediia v Stikhakh [z Istarii Persii). St. Pctersburg: Tip. I. G. Braude, 1912. 184 p.

5.

889

Ivanov. M. S. (Babidskie Voxsmniia v Irane, 1848]852). Moskva: Akadcniiiu Nauk SSSR. 1939. 173 p.

SPANISH

1.

2.

. Marqués y Utrillas,

. Mchrabkhani,

Egeu Martinez, Emilio. La Gran Promcsa. Tarrasa: Editorial Bahá’í dc Espafia. 1972. 129 p.

Hernandez. Juanita Faro de Luz: Para [ox Padres d6 HImi/ia. Guatema1a: Comité Nacional dc Ensefianza dc Mujeres y Nifios, 1978. 110p.

. —. idem. 2a ed. Guatemala: Asamblea Espiritual

Nacional (16 105 Bahá’ís dc Guatemala, 1980. vi, 110 p. 1056 Luis. Perspectivas de 1111 Nuevo Orden Mundial. Tarrusa: Editorial Bahá’í de Espafia, 1982. 99 p.

R. La Aurora del Di’a Prometido. Madrid: Editorial Bahá’í dc Espafia. 1974. 290 p.

. El Esplendor 111’] Did l’mnwlida. Madrid: Edimriul Bahá’í dc Espzifiu. 1974. 380p.

. Mullzi Humyn: El Primero que Creyé en el Bab. [Tarrasa]: Editorial Bahá’í dc Espar'ia, 1983. 204 p.

. Noches Navidefias. Madrid: Editorial Bahá’í, 1969. 126 p.

SWEDISH

1. Holmscn, Sverre. De Upplyxta HorL'ronterna: Bahá’í.

2.

den Globala Erans Religion. [Sweden]: Bok och Bild, 1969. 178 p. . idem. [Enskedc]: Bahá’í—Férlagct. 1981. 176 p.

TURKISH

1. Doktoroglu, Sami. 2. Oz5uca. N. Bahai Dini:

3. —.

Beklem‘n Cag. Istanbul: Giiryay Matbaacilik, 1975. 94 p.

Tarihi. Prensipleri' ve Dini Hlikfimleri. Ankara: Ba§nur Matbaasi. 1967. 124 p. Bahai Dininde Ser'f Hfikiimler ve Izahleri. Ankara: Ba§nur Matbaasi. 1971. 123 p1

URDU

1.

5.

. —. idem. Karachi:

‘Ilmi, Mahffi; al-Haq. (Kittib-ilQiya’mat). New Delhi: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of India and Burma. n.d. [1944’]. 320 p.

Bahá’í Pubiishing Trust. n.d., ]197—]. 408 p.

. —. (Risélat-i—Ila’hi’yyih). Karachi: Bahá’í Publishing

Trust n.d [197—7] 208p.

. Mustafa Rumi Siyyid. (111- Mi yar al— Sahih Ii Ma rifah

111- Mihdz v11 (11- Masih) [New Delhi: Bahai Publishing Committee] 1947.148 p.

(Zuhur-z- Qa1m-i-Al—1'-Mulmmmad) Publishing Trust 11. 11. [196—7]. 474 p.

Karachi: Bahá’í

[Page 890]890 THE BAHA‘I’WORLD

10. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THESES RELATING TO THE Bahá’í FAITH

Compiled by William P. Collins

This bibliography is an attempt to bring together all theses and dissertations relating to the Bahá’í Faith which have been required for obtaining university degrees, whether Bachelor’s. Master’s 0r Doctoral. Entries are arranged alphabetically by author’s last name. Each thesis is assigned a number in sequence which begins with TH. In future volumes of The Bahá’í World. additional theses will continue this numbering. and any corrections will likewise refer to the unique number assigned in this first instalment.

THl.

Abadi, Behnaz. (1981). The World Into One Nation: World Peace and the Bahai Faith. M.A..

Identity and Change Among the Urban Bahá’í: Of Malwu. Ph.D.. Lucknow University.

Kyung Hee University. THl9. Gollmcr. Claudia. (1983). Die memphysixcher und

T112. Adamson. Hugh. (1974). 7716’ COME]?! Of Rt’l’t'lll- thealogixcher Grundlagen der Erzie/zungxlehre der lion as Found in lA‘lmn and Bahá’í. M.A. Con- Bahá’í.Rg[jgig,L M.A., Univcrsitéit Stuttgart. Insticordia University. Montreal. tut fiir Philosophie und Pédzigogic.

TH3. Alter, S. Neale. (1923). Sludies [n Bahá’íym. I’h.D,. THZU. Gottlieb, Randic Shevin. (1982). Needs Axsexsmem University of Edinburgh. Survey to Determine the Training Requirements of

TH4. Amanal. Abbas. (1981). The Early Yeurx of the [nterna/ional Bahá’í Traveling Teachers. Ed.D.. Babi Movement: Background and Development. Boston University. 7 Ph.D..Oxford University. THZl. Ḥakím. Christine. (1971). Nuixsancc de [a Foi THS. Andre, Richard Eugene. (1971). Rexponsivity. 1/16 Bului'l'e. 61 Son Procexsux Social. M.A.. Université Evolution of Creative Synthesis. P11.D.. University dc Nzinlcrrc. of Massachusetts. THZZ. lrlakim-Sumandari, Christine. (1979), Etude d‘une

T116. Anker Riis, A. (1978). Soeiolagic (IE [(1 Religion Institution Religieuse: ['Ora're AdminixlrmifBahá’í Bahá’íe. Mailrisc es Lcttres. Université de Paris. 8! [a Copimunaulé des Fidélcs. Ph.D.. Ecolc des

TH7. Archer, Mary Elizabeth. (1977). Global Cum- Iluules Etudes en Sciences Socialcs. munity: Case Study of the Houston Bnhti'z’x. M,A.. T1133. Hampson. Arthur. (1980). The Growth and Spread University of Houston. oflhe Bahá’í Faith. Ph.D.. University of Hawaii.

T118. Asandcr, Margit. (1974). Baha'iJsmen. Stockholms T1124. Ízadíniu. Fond. (1977). Centro de lismdios de Past Universitel. Religionshistoriska Institutioncn, Gradu [mm Panamd. M.A.. Universidad de Pana TH9. Baghdadi. Guilmctte. (1981). Un Temple Bahá’í. mfi, Facullad dc Arquitcctura. . Niangon-Atlié, Céte d’Ivoire. Mémoire dc 3C Cycle, T1125. Jensen, Mchri Samandari, (1981). The Impact of U.P.A.G. Religion, Socioeconomic Smmx, and Degree of

THIO. Baghdadi. Guila. (1977). Religion, Same e1 Mét/e- Religimity in Family Planning Among Moslems and Cine: Place de [a Foi Bahá’í'. M.D.. Université dc Bahu'ix in Iran: A Pilot Survey Rexearch. Ed.D.. Grenoble. University of Northern Colorado.

THll. Bayat Philipp. Mango]. (1971). Mirza Aqu Khan T1126. Jockcl. Rudolf. (1951). Die Glaubcnslehren der Kirmani: l9t/z-C Persian Revolutionary Thinker. Bahá’í-Religian. Ph.D.. Universitiit Tilbingcn. Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles. TH27. Johnson. Vernon Elvin. (1974). An Historical

TH12. Behroozi, Shahlu B. (1971). The Role of Bahá’í Analysis Of Critical Transformations in the EvaluFaith in the Social Development of Bahá’í Youlh in tion of. the ,Bahá’í World Fuilh. Ph.D.. Baylor Los Bafios Lagtma. Master of Social Work, Uni- University. versity of the Philippines. T1128. Khan, Sandra Santolucito. (1977), Encounter of

T1113. Berger. Peter L. (1954). From See! 10 Church: A Twa Mythx: Bahá’í and Christian in the Rural Sociological Interpretation of the Bahá’í Movement. American Somh—A Study in Trmmnythicization. Ph.D.. New School of Social Research. Ph.D.. University of California 211 Santa Barbara.

TH14. Beveridge. Kent. (1977). Die GeselLse/zafts'poli/Ilsche TH29. Khuzci. S. (1963). Finanzpolitixehe I’rob/emein der Rolle der Bahá’í—Verwulnmgwrdnung innerlmlb (Ier ‘Nem’n Wt'l/Urdmmg’ auf Gruml der Bahá’í»Lehre. Gemeinxchaft der Bahá’í. unter besondere Belmeh- Doctorate, Lcopold-Franzens Universitéit Innsbruck. rung der zwei Ieitenden lnstitutionen. Doctorate. TH30. Lane, T. Skelton. (1955). A Sociological Analysis Universitéit Wien. of the Bahá’í Movement. M.A.. University of

THIS. Bishop. Helen Pilkington. (1933). A Study of the California 111 Berkeley.

Rise and Diffusion of the Bahá’í Religion. B.A.. T1131. Lcrche, Charles. (1973). A Religioux Movementfor Reed College. World Order: The Bahá’í Faith. M.A., American

T1116. Bramson, Loni. (1980). The Bahá’í Faith and [IX University.

Evolution in the United States and Canada from TH32. Loeppcrl. Theodor A, (1933). Die Furmxtwicklung 1922 to 1936. Ph.D.. Université Catholique de (Ier Babi-Bahá’ím Westen. lnziuguralDisscrtalion, Louvairi. Universiliit Leipzig.

T1117. Garlinglon, William N. (1975). The Bahá’í Faith in T1133. Loi. Luciana. (1974). Aleuni Axpelli della Fede di Malwa: A Study of a Contemporary Religious Bahti'u'l/zih. Ph.D.. Universitii dcgliStudidiCagliMovement. Ph.D.. Australian National University, ari, Fucollii di Scienze Politiche.

TH18. Garrigues. Steve L. (1976). The Bahá’ís nfMalwa: TH34. Luckschciter, Ursula. (1980). Die Religianxgemein [Page 891]T1135. T1136.

T1137.

T1138.

T1139.

T1141). T1141.

T1 142.

T1143. T1144.

T1145.

T1146.

T1147.

T1148, T1149.

T1150.

BAHA'I‘ BIBLIOGRAPHY

xc/mf! d(‘S Balzti'imms.‘ Umpmng, Enlwick/ung, heutigcr Smml. Universiti‘ll dcs Saurlands. Muchin. Denis. (1977). A Revived Survey of the Sources for Early Babi Doctrine and Hislary. F01Iowship Dissertation. King's College Czunhridgc. Machin. Denis. (1979), From Shaykhism Ia Bubism: A Study in ('harimmlit' Renewal in Shi‘i leam. Ph.D.. Cambridge University.

Muhmoudi. 121111. (196(1). A SociologicalAnu/_\n\'i.\' Of the Bahá’í Mowmcm. Ph.D.. University 01' Utah. Marlin, James Douglas. (1967). The Life and Work 0/"Sarah lane Farmer, [8474916, M.A.. Univcrxily 01' Wancrloo.

Murlhi. R. Gancsu, (1969), The Gfmvlh Of the Bahá’í Faith in M(I/uysm. University of Malaya. O'Neil. Linda. (1975). A Shari History of the Bahá’í Faith in (‘umm’ta [8984975. B.A.. Curlclon Univcrsity.

Ong. Henry. (1978). Yun Kev Leong: A Biography of a Malaysian ('arloanixr. M.S.. 10sz Stalc Univcrsily.

Parniun. Shzlhnuz. (1974). A Slutly ()fl/It’ McI/mu'x of Communication chd by Bulm'ix in Educating Persanx Io A110,)! Bahá’í I’ailh. B.A.. University of Rajasthan.

Rafali, Vahid. (1979), 7hr Developmentoffller/th' Though] in fili'i Islam, Ph.D.. University 01 Culiforniu at L05 Angclcs.

Ross. Margaret. J. (1979). Some Axpeux (1f the Build"! Faith in New Zt'u/tuul. M.A.. University of Auckland.

Rosl. Harry. (1969). The Poxsih/c Nanm' rmd Exlahlithem Of Buhd'z' Univerxi/ies and Colleges Based Upon a Study of Bahá’í Liit’mmrv. Ph.D.. University 01' South Dakota.

Samadi. Parvíz. (1961)). [MS Medizinischv in der Bulm‘ivvaigivn. Inaugural Dissertation. EberhardKarls-Univcrsitiit.

Samimi. Enuyul B. (1977). A Bahá’í Home of Worxhip. B.S.. Saint Louis Universily.

Schaefer. Udo. (1957). Die Gnmd/agung (Ier Verwallungmrdmmg (Ier Bahá’í. Doctoralc. RuprcchlKarl-Univcrsitiil Huidclhcrg.

Schmilz. Ankc. (1973). 0115 Pmpht'u'm'em‘lr'imlmis' der Bahá’í-Rcligion aux dw- Sichl ihrz'r Griimlt'r. M.A.. Miilhcim-Ruhr.

Scholl. Steven D. (198(1). lmfimt' Shi'ixm am! the Buhti’z’ Failh: A Preliminary Study. B.A.. Univer T1151.

T1158.

T1159.

T1160.

T1161.

T1162.

T1163.

T1164.

T1165 .

. Smolundcr.

891

5in of Oregon.

Scollo di Frccu. Coscttu. (1983). 1.9 Persecuzianc (lei Bahá’í in Perxia (IuII'AvvenIo (lei Pahluw’ m' Gim'm' Noxtri. Tcsi di Lauren. Univcrsiti: degli Studi di Vcncziu. Facoltz‘i di Linguc c Lctlcraturc Strunicrc.

. Smith. Peter. (1982). A Sociological S/udy aflhe

Buhi mzd Bahá’í Religionx. Ph.D.. University of Lancaster.

Kenny. (1978). Kuxmsmx Balzd'ikaunnossu. Tumpcrc University.

. Stcndurdo, Luigi. (1980). Tolsmj (’I la Fai Baha'ie.

Mémoirc dc Licence. Universilé (1c Gcnévc.

. Stiles. Susan. (1983). Conversion ()quraus/rmns to

thy Bahá’í Faith in Yuzd. Irmz. M.A.. University 01 Arizona.

. Schcsi. Angela. (1968). A Proposed World Order:

Bahá’í Teaching; and Instilutimm‘. M.A.. Laval University.

.Tag. Abd cl—Rahman. (1942). La B(?hixme er

('lxlmn: Rcclwrchex Sur Icy Originm' dc B(ihisme 6! my Rappm'm' uva’ l'ls/mn. Ph.D.. Université dc Paris,

Tirunduz. Minn. (1974). Un Mantle Bahá’í. M.A.. Univcrsitc’ dc Lyon. Vader. John Paul. (1981). ‘Fnr (he Grmd of Mankind? August Forel and [he Bahá’í FaiI/z. M.D.. Univcrxitc’ de Lausanne.

Vaughn, Shurmn Lee. (198(1). A Comparative Study of (1 Conversion and C omminnenl Process in Religious Groups: M.A.. University of Houston. Ward. Allan Lucius. (1960). An Hixlorical Study of the Noth American Speaking Tour of ‘A bdu 'l—Balm am! a Rhetorical Analyxis oinx A(Idresxes. Ph.D.. Ohio University.

Yazduni. lerhzm. (1976). Lev Deux Ailt'x d'un 0150011, on: Una Introduction (1 la Conception Bahá’í? (11' la Santé. M.D.. Univcrsité dc Lyon. Zahih. M. (1949). Die L(is‘lmg dcr sozialen Fragen (mf Gruml der Bahá’í—Lz’hren. Doctorate. Universih‘it Stultgarl.

Zucrpoor. Mzthyad. (1981). Educational Implications of Bahá’í Philosophy will: (1 Spain! Cansidvralian oflhe Cancel)! of Unity. Ph.D.. Unchr5in of Southern California.

Zacrpour. Zohrch‘. (1981). Temple [iuha'i (1L) Suisse. Diplémc D.A.. Ecolc Polytechniquc Fédéralc dc Lausannc.

Nouveau.

[Page 892]892

THE BAHA’I’ WORLD

11. PARTIAL LISTING OF SOME CURRENT GENERAL Bahá’í PERIODICALS

Compiled by William P. Collins

. The American Bahá’í. n0. 1 (Jun. 1970)—. Wilmette. 111.: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís Of lhc United States. Monthly newspaper ohhc United States Bahá’í community.

1 Andalib. v. 1. no. 1 (138, 1981—1982)—. Thornhill. OnL: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís of Canada. Persian language general Bahá’í journal.

1BIIhti'I’ News'. no. I (Dec. ]()24)—. Wilmette. |ll.: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís Of the United States. Monthly journal of international Bahá’í news.

. Bahd'I’ Studies. v. 1 (197(1)—. Ottawa: Association for Bahá’í Studies. Monographic series in Bahá’í studies.

. Balzd't’ Studies Bulletin. v. 1. n0. 1 (June 1983—. Newcastle upon Tyncv Eng.: Slcphcn Lambden. Unofficial journal of Bahá’í’ studies.

1 Balui'l' Studies Nolclmok. 1, n0.

1 (Dec. 1980)—.

Ottawa: Association for Bahá’í Studies. Bahá’í studies journal containing conference papers and short essays. . Brilliant Star. v. 15, n0. 1 (Mar.—Apr. 1983)—. Hixson. Tcnn.: National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís Of the United States. Children's journal which succeeds

l(.

. Glory: Bahá’í Youth Magazine. v1 1.

1 Pensamienm Bahá’í. n0. 1 (cncro 1980)—.

Child's Way.

no. 1 (Dec. 1966)—. Panchguni: National Bahá’í Youth Committee of India

. Opiniani Bulld'l’. n0. 1 (1973)—n0. 16 (luglio 1976); v1

1. n0. 1 (invcmo 1977)—. Roma: Assemblca Spiritualc Nazionale dci Bahá’í d‘llalia. Italian language general Bahá’í journal.

La Penxe’e Bahá’íe. no. 1 (jan. 1962)—. Bernc: Assembléc Spirituclle Nationalc dcs Bahá’ís dc Suissc. French language general Bahá’í journal.

Murcia: Asamblca Espirilual Nacional dc los Bahá’ís dc Espufia. Spanish language gcncrzll Bahá’í journal.

. Varqd. v. 1 (Jan. I97I)—. New Delhi: Varqz’L Persian

language children‘s magazine. volumes [—5 of which were published in Iran‘ 1971—1976.

. Varqa’.‘ Children's Magazine. English ed. v. 1, n0 1

(Mur.—Apr. 1981)—. New Delhi: Varqz’l.

. World Order. v. 1, no. I (Fall 1966)—. Wilmette. Ill.:

National Spiritual Assembly of the Bahá’ís Of the United States. General Bahá’í journal.

Partial view of the Bahá’í exhibit at the International Book Fair held in Frankfurt from 6 m I I October I 982 in which publications of the German Bahá’í Publishing Trust and nineteen other Bahá’í’ publishers from seventeen countries were displayed.